Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Amarakosha Search
16 results
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
abhijanaḥ3.3.115MasculineSingulardhṛtiḥ, buddhiḥ, svabhāvaḥ, brahma, varṣma, yatna
arthaḥ3.3.92MasculineSingularāsthānī, yatna
bhūḥ2.1.2-3FeminineSingularkṣmā, mahī, dhātrī, kumbhinī, ratnagarbhā, bhūmiḥ, rasā, dharā, kṣoṇī, kṣitiḥ, vasudhā, gotrā, pṛthvī, medinī, gahvarī, ilā, bhūtadhātrī, sāgarāmbarā, anantā, sthirā, dharaṇī, kāśyapī, vasumatī, vasundharā, pṛthivī, avaniḥ, vipulā, gauḥ, kṣamā, jagatī, acalā, viśvambharā, dharitrī, jyā, sarvaṃsahā, urvī, kuḥ
cūḍāmaṇiḥ2.6.103MasculineSingularśiroratnam
kaukkuṭikaḥ3.3.17MasculineSingularmadhyaratnam, netā
marakata2.9.93NeuterSingularśoṇaratnam, padmarāgaḥ
meruḥ1.1.52MasculineSingularsumeruḥ, hemādriḥ, ratnasānuḥ, surālayaḥmountain
pratyagraḥ3.1.77MasculineSingularnūtanaḥ, navaḥ, tna, abhinavaḥ, navyaḥ, navīnaḥ
purāṇaḥ3.1.76MasculineSingularpurātanam, cirantanam, pratanam, pratnam
śatruḥ2.8.10MasculineSingularārātiḥ, śātravaḥ, ahitaḥ, durhṛd, sapatna, paraḥ, dasyuḥ, vipakṣaḥ, dveṣaṇaḥ, vairī, pratyarthī, abhighātī, amitraḥ, dviṭ, dviṣan, ripuḥ
vibhāvasuḥ3.3.234MasculineSingulardhanam, devabhedaḥ, analaḥ, raśmiḥ, ratnam
yugam3.3.29NeuterSingularyatna, arkaḥ, śrīḥ, kīrtiḥ, kāmaḥ, māhātmyam, vīryam
ratnam2.9.94NeuterSingularhiraṇyam, ‍tapanīyam, ‍bharma, jātarūpam, rukmam, a‍ṣṭāpadaḥ, suvarṇam, hema, śātakumbham, karburam, mahārajatam, kārtasvaram, kanakam, hāṭakam, gāṅgeyam, cāmīkaram, kāñcanam, jāmbūnadam
pratiyatna3.3.114MasculineSingularcandraḥ, agniḥ, arkaḥ
yatna3.3.117MasculineSingularmṛgāṅkaḥ, kṣatriyaḥ, nṛpaḥ
ratnam3.3.133NeuterSingularūnaḥ, garhyaḥ
Monier-Williams Search
526 results for tna
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
ādeśam. foretelling, soothsaying, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādiśP. -did/eṣṭi- ([ subjunctive 3. sg. -dideśati- ]), -diś/ati- ([3. plural -diśanti- imperative 2. sg. -diśa- imperfect tense 1. sg. ādiśam-,etc.]) , rarely -diśate- ([ ]) infinitive mood -d/iśe- ([ ]) and -deṣṭum- (Aorist 3. sg. ādikṣat-[ See ] future 1. plural -dekṣyāmaḥ-, perf. -dideśa-) to aim at, have in view ; to threaten ; to hit ; to assign etc. ; to point out, indicate ; to report, announce, teach etc. ; to determine, specify, denominate etc. ; to declare, foretell, etc. ; to order, direct, command etc. ; to refer any one to (locative case) ; to banish etc. ; to undertake, try ; to profess as one's aim or duty : Causal -deśayati-, to show, indicate, announce, : Intensive (parasmE-pada -d/ediśāna-) to have in view, aim at (accusative)
āhatif. a blow, hit etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āhlādakaramfn. causing or conferring delight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āhlādinmfn. causing joy or delight, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āhutīkṛto offer as an oblation, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aindrajālikam. a juggler, magician View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ājimukhan. the front or first line in a battle, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākalpāntamind. ā-kalpam- q.v , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākṣepavalanan. tossing about (the arms etc.), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālapitan. talk, conversation, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alpāṅgamfn. small-bodied, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amalam. crystal (see amara-ratna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amalamaṇim. (see amara-ratna-) crystal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amalaratnan. (see amara-ratna-) crystal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amararatnan. "jewel of the gods", crystal (also amalaratna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anugītan. an imitative song, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyathāsambhāvinmfn. suspecting something else, distrustful, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsādanan. reaching, getting possession of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsanasthamfn. abiding on a seat, sitting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśrayinmfn. dwelling in, resting on, inhabiting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astakṣitibhṛtm. "the mountain asta-", the western mountain (behind which the sun is supposed to set), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astamastakamn. (the head id est) the top of the mountain asta-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asthanthe base of the weak cases of /asthi- q.v , exempli gratia, 'for example' instrumental case asthnā-, etc. (Ved. also instrumental case plural asth/abhis- ;and n. plural asthāni- ): View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsthānīf. an assembly, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvapālam. (f(ī-). gaRa revaty-adi- q.v) a groom, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asvasthatāf. illness, (PrakritassatthadA) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsyaprayatnasee pra-- yatna-, parasmE-pada 687 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātāmramf(ā-)n. reddish, slightly copper-coloured, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātmasamam. (ātmasama-) -tāṃ-, to render any one (accusative) equal to one's self View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avatsalamf(ā-)n. not tender, harsh, cruel to (locative case), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aviralamf(ā-)n. contiguous, close, dense, compact etc., incessant, numerous, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayatnātind. (orin compound ayatna--) without effort or exertion. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bābhravyam. of other men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baddhaparikaramfn. having the girdle girded on id est ready, prepared for anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāhupāśam. equals -bandhana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balasamuham. assemblage of forces, army View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāṇam. (also -bhaṭṭa-) of a poet (the author of the kādambarī-, of the harṣa-carita-, and perhaps of the ratnāvalī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāṣpāmbun. equals pa-salila- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāṣpasalilan. water of tears, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagamn. equals yatna-, prayatna-, kīrti-, yaśas-, vairāgya-, icchā-, jñāna-, mukti-, mokṣa-, dharma-, śrī- [ confer, compare Zend bagha= Old Persian baga; Greek ; Slavonic or Slavonian bogu8,bogatu8; Lithuanian bago4tas,na-ba4gas.], View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bharataputra( ) () m. "son of bharata-varṣa-", an actor, mime. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhavanadvāran. a palace-gate
bhayālumfn. timid, afraid (luka-in Prakrit), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhedakārinmfn. making or showing a difference, altered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhojakaṭan. the country of bhoja- (the present Bhojpur, or the vicinity of Patna and Bhagalpur) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhraṃś or bhraś- (sometimes written bhraṃs-; see bhṛś-) cl.1 A1. () bhraṃśate- (once in P. ti-) cl.4 P. (;cf. bhṛś-) bhraśyati- (Epic also A1. te- perfect tense babhraṃśa- śe- grammar; Aorist subjunctive bhraśat- ; abhraṃśiṣṭa- grammar; future bhraṃśiṣyati-, te-; bhraṃśitā- ; ind.p. bhraṃśitvā-and bhraṣṭvā- ), to fall, drop, fall down or out or in pieces etc. ; to strike against (locative case) ; to rebound from (ablative) ; to fall (figuratively), decline, decay, fail, disappear, vanish, be ruined or lost etc. ; to be separated from or deprived of, lose (ablative) etc. ; to slip or escape from (genitive case) ; to swerve or deviate from, abandon (ablative) : Causal bhraṃśayati- (or bhrāśayati-; see bhr/āśya-and ni-bhraṃś-; Aorist ababhraṃśat-; Passive voice bhraṃśyate-), to cause to fall (literally and figuratively), throw down, overthrow etc. ; to cause to disappear or be lost destroy ; to cause to escape from (ablative) ; to cause to deviate from (ablative) ; to deprive any one (accusative) of (ablative; exempli gratia, 'for example' upavāsāt-or vratāt-,"of the reward for fasting or performing any observance") etc.: Desiderative bibhraṃśiṣati-, te- grammar : Intensive bābhraśyate-, bhraṣṭi- ; banībhraśyate- or bhraṃśyate- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhrāntif. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') moving round, circumambulating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhṛṅgālīf. a swarm of bees View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhṛṅgasārtham. a swarm of bees View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhṛtyabhāvam. servitude, dependence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhujalatāf. "arm-creeper", a long slender arm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmatvan. Brahmanhood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāhavaName of a dynasty, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāhūāṇam. of a dynasty, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāhuvāṇam. of a dynasty, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candanarasam. sandal-water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candram. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' "the moon of" id est the most excellent among (exempli gratia, 'for example' pārthiva--[ gaRa vyāghrādi- ]or narendra--[ ],"a most excellent king") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candravapusmfn. "moon-formed", handsome, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
capalagaṇam. a troop of ill-mannered boys, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāpotkaṭam. Name of a family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caraṇanyāsam. footstep View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
carcarīf. a kind of song View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cātanamfn. ( cat-, Causal) in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' "driving away" See abhiśasti--, amīva--, arāya--, durṇāma--, piśāca--, bhrātṛvya--, yātu--, sadānvā--, and sapatna-c/ātana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturvedinmfn. equals -vidya- (in Prakrit). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cauḍadeśam. the coḍa- (cola-) country, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cauṇḍapam. "well-water-drinker", Name of the author of prayoga-ratna-mālā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chandoratnākaram. a similar work by sarvajña-ratnākara-śānti-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chindakam. Name of a race, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
choṭikāf. snapping the thumb and forefinger, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cihnan. a mark, spot, stamp, sign, characteristic, symptom etc. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-). ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cintāratnan. equals -maṇi-, only in cintāratnāyita tnāyita- n. impersonal or used impersonally represented as a gem yielding all desires View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citraphalakam. a painting and (in Prakrit) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citraphalakam. and (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citraśālikāf. equals -gṛha- (in Prakrit). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittakhedam. grief View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittānuvṛttif. gratification of wishes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
culukam. Name of a man gaRa kaṇvādi- (laka-, ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cūtalatikāf. Name of a woman, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ḍābhīName of a family, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ḍāhalam. plural Name of a people (equals cedi- ; sg. their country ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dambhanamfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' "damaging" See am/itra- and sapatna-d/ambh- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
darbhapūtikafor tīka- () and View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
darśanagocaram. the range of sight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dattātaṅkamfn. causing fear to (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ḍoḍam. Name of a royal family, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ḍoḍīyāf. Name of a royal family, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekamanasmfn. fixing the mind upon one object, concentrated, attentive etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapītamfn. quite yellow, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etadavasthamfn. of such a state or condition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gadgadatāf. stammering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gādhera gaRa vākinādi- (gaudh- ; gāredha- ; gāreṭa- and ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garjitamfn. boasted, swaggered, vaunted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garuḍamāṇikyan. (equals tārkṣya-ratna-) "an emerald" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gāthikāf. an epic song View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghanamf(-)n. full of (in compound), densely filled with (in compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghanamind. closely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghaṭ cl.1 A1. ṭate- (exceptionally P. ti- ; jaghaṭe-, ghaṭiṣyate-[ ], aghaṭiṣṭa- ), to be intently occupied about, be busy with, strive or endeavour after, exert one's self for (locative case dative case accusative [ ], prati-, -artham-and arthe-; infinitive mood ) ; to reach, come to (locative case) ; to fall to the share of (locative case) ; to take effect, answer ; to happen, take place, be possible, suit etc. ; to be in connection or united with (instrumental case) ; (for ghaṭṭ-) to hurt with words, speak of malignantly : Causal P. ghaṭayati- (;exceptionally A1. te- ), to join together, connect, bring together, unite ; to shut (varia lectio) ; to put or place or lay on (locative case) ; to bring near, procure ; to effect, accomplish, produce, make, form, fashion etc. ; to do a service (accusative) to any one (genitive case) ; to impel ; to exert one's self ; (for ghaṭṭ-, Causal) to rub, graze, touch, move, agitate : Causal ghāṭayati-, to hurt, injure ; to unite or put together ; "to speak"or"to shine" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghuṇākṣaran. an incision in wood (or in the leaf of a book) caused by an insect and resembling somewhat the form of a letter, (PrakritghuN'akkhara) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghuṇākṣaravatind. by a happy chance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
glapanan. fading View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
glāpitamfn. emaciated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
glapsaSee grathna-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gokulanātham. Name of the author of the padavākya-ratnākara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grah ([ in a few passages only etc.]) or grabh- ([ ;rarely ]) cl.9 P. gṛbhṇāti- gṛhṇ/āti- (also A1. gṛhṇīte-,irreg. gṛhṇate- ;3. plural gṛbhṇate- ; imperative 2. sg. gṛhāṇ/a-,[ ṇ/ā-, saṃhitā-pāṭha-, parasmE-pada Passive voice Nominal verb plural n. ] etc.; gṛbhṇān/a-& gṛhṇ-[Ved.]; gṛhṇa- ; -gṛhṇāhi-, -gṛbhṇīhi-See prati-grabh-; A1. gṛbhṇīṣva-[ ] or gṛhṇ-;3. sg. P. gṛhṇītāt-;Ved. imperative gṛbhāy/a-etc.See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order ya- confer, compare gṛhaya-; perf. jagrāha- etc.;1. sg. gr/abhā- ; gṛbhm/a- ; A1. gṛhe-, ;3. plural gṛbhr/e-& gṛbhrir/e- ; P. Potential gṛbhyāt-, ; parasmE-pada gṛbhv/as-, ; future 2nd grahīṣyati-, te- etc.[ confer, compare ];sometimes wrongly spelt gṛh- ; grahiṣy- ; Conditional agrahaiṣyat- ; future 1st grahītā- ; Aorist agrabham- ; bhīt- etc.; hīt-[ ] etc.; -/ajagrabhīt-etc.See saṃ-grah-; subjunctive 2. plural grabhīṣṭa- ; A1. agrahīṣṭa- ; aghṛkṣata- [not in ];Ved. 3. plural agṛbhran-[ ] and agṛbhīṣata-; ind.p. gṛbhītv/ā- ; gṛhītv/ā-, ; grahāya- ; infinitive mood grahītum-[ etc.; confer, compare ;wrongly spelt gṛh- ]; Passive voice gṛhyate-[ future 1st grahītā-or grāhitā- future 2nd grahīṣyate-or grāhiṣy- Aorist agrāhi-,3. dual number agrahīṣātām-or agrāhiṣ- ];Ved. subjunctive 3. plural gṛhyāntai- on ;Ved. Passive voice 3. sg. gṛhate-[ ]or gṛhe-[ ] or gṛhaye-[ ; confer, compare gṛhaya-]; subjunctive 1. plural gṛhāmahi- ; Potential gṛhīta- ) to seize, take (by the hand, pāṇau-or kare-,exceptionally pāṇim-(double accusative) ; confer, compare ), grasp, lay hold of (exempli gratia, 'for example' pakṣaṃ-,to take a side, adopt a party ; pāṇim-,"to take by the hand in the marriage ceremony", marry etc.) etc. ; to arrest, stop ; to catch, take captive, take prisoner, capture, imprison etc. ; to take possession of, gain over, captivate ; to seize, overpower (especially said of diseases and demons and the punishments of varuṇa-) etc. ; to eclipse ; to abstract, take away (by robbery) ; to lay the hand on, claim ; to gain, win, obtain, receive, accept (from ablative,rarely genitive case), keep etc. (with double accusative ) ; to acquire by purchase (with instrumental case of the price) etc. ; to choose ; to choose any one (accusative) as a wife ; to take up (a fluid with any small vessel), draw water ; to pluck, pick, gather ; to collect a store of anything ; to use, put on (clothes) i etc. ; to assume (a shape) ; to place upon (instrumental case or locative case) ; to include ; to take on one's self, undertake, undergo, begin etc. ; to receive hospitably (a guest), take back (a divorced wife) ; "to take into the mouth", mention, name etc. ; to perceive (with the organs of sense or with m/anas-), observe, recognise etc. ; (in astronomy) to observe ; to receive into the mind, apprehend, understand, learn ; (in astronomy) to calculate ; to accept, admit, approve ; to obey, follow ; to take for, consider as etc. ; (Passive voice) to be meant by (instrumental case) and Scholiast or Commentator : Causal grāhayati-, to cause to take or seize or lay hold of ; to cause to take (by the hand[ pāṇim-]in the marriage ceremony) ; to cause to marry, give away a girl (accusative) in marriage to any one (accusative) ; to cause any one to be captured ; to cause any one to be seized or overpowered (as by varuṇa-'s punishments or death etc.) ; to cause to be taken away ; to make any one take, deliver anything (accusative) over to any one (accusative; exempli gratia, 'for example' āsanam-with accusative"to cause to take a seat, bid any one to sit down") ; to make any one choose (Aorist ajigrahat-) ; to make any one learn, make acquainted or familiar with (accusative) etc.: Desiderative jighṛkṣati- (confer, compare ), also te-, to be about to seize or take ; to be about to eclipse ; to be about to take away ; to desire to perceive (with the organs of sense), strive to apprehend or recognise : Intensive jarīgṛhyate- ; ([ confer, compare Zend gerep,geurv; Gothic greipa; German greife; Lithuanian gre1bju; Slavonic or Slavonian grablju1; Hibernian or Irish grabaim,"I devour, stop."])
grapsaSee grathna-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhītākṣaramf(ā-)n. one who has received into his mind the syllables or the sounds (of speech genitive case) (in Prakrit). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhītapaścāttāpamfn. penitent, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhilam. Name of a prince (descendant of bappa-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇam. a property or characteristic of all created things (in nyāya- philosophy twenty-four guṇa-s are enumerated, viz. 1. rūpa-,shape, colour;2. rasa-,savour;3. gandha-,odour;4. sparśa-,tangibility;5. saṃkhyā-,number;6. parimāṇa-,dimension;7. pṛthaktva-,severalty;8. saṃyoga-,conjunction;9. vibhāga-,disjunction;10. paratva-,remoteness;11. aparatva-,proximity;12. gurutva-,weight;13. dravatva-,fluidity;14. sneha-,viscidity;15. śabda-,sound;16. buddhi-or jñāna-,understanding or knowledge;17. sukha-,pleasure;18. duḥkha-,pain;19. icchā-,desire; 20. dveṣa-,aversion; 21. prayatna-,effort; 22. dharma-,merit or virtue; 23. adharma-,demerit; 24. saṃskāra-,the self-reproductive quality) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇam. the peculiar properties of the letters (11 in number, viz. the 8 bāhya-prayatnās-[q.v.] and the 3 accents) on (see -mātra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hahāind. an exclamation (="alas!" in hahā dhik-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halāyudham. (also with bhaṭṭa-, miśra-etc.) Name of various writers (especially of a poet, of the author of the abhidhāna-ratnamālā-, of the author of the purāṇa-sarvasva- etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haravijayam. Name of a poem by ratnākara-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harṣotphullalocanamfn. one whose eyes are opened wide in rapture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāvalambam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) equals hastālamba- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hāstikamfn. consisting of elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hatāśamf(ā-)n. hopeless id est wretched, foolish, stupid, wicked, miserable, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hemahaṃsagaṇim. Name of an author (pupil of ratna-śekhara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hemālaṃkāram. a golden ornament View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hemaśṛṅgan. a golden horn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hīhīind. (an exclamation of joy etc., translatable by) ha! ha! l hee! hee! ah l or any similar sound (as in laughing etc.), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛ cl.1 P. A1. () h/arati-, te- (once in harmi-,and once in Scholiast or Commentator on -jiharti-; perfect tense P. jahāra-, jah/artha-, jahruḥ-[ -jaharuḥ-?] etc.; A1. jahre- etc.; Aorist ahār-, ahṛthās- ; ahārṣīt- etc. etc.; 3. plural A1. ahṛṣata- ; preceding hriyāt-, hṛṣīṣṭa- grammar; future hartā- etc.; hariṣyati-, te- ; Conditional ahariṣyat- ; infinitive mood h/artum-, tos-, tave-, tav/ai- ; haritum- ; ind.p. hṛtvā-, -h/āram- etc.; -h/ṛtya- etc.), to take, bear, carry in or on (with instrumental case), carry, convey, fetch, bring etc. ; to offer, present (especially with balim-) etc. ; to take away, carry off, seize, deprive of, steal, rob ; to shoot or cut or hew off, sever (the head or a limb) etc. ; to remove, destroy, dispel, frustrate, annihilate ; to turn away, avert (the face) ; A1. (older and more correct than P.), to take to one's self, appropriate (in a legitimate way), come into possession of (accusative), receive (as an heir), raise (tribute), marry (a girl) etc. ; to master, overpower, subdue, conquer, win, win over (also by bribing) etc. ; to outdo, eclipse, surpass ; to enrapture, charm, fascinate etc. ; to withhold, withdraw, keep back, retain etc. ; to protract, delay (with kālam-,"to gain time") ; (in arithmetic) to divide : Passive voice hriy/ate- (Epic also ti-; Aorist ahāri-), to be taken or seized etc. etc. etc.: Causal hārayati-, te- (Aorist ajīharat-; Passive voice hāryate-), to cause to be taken or carried or conveyed or brought by (instrumental case or accusative; confer, compare ) or to (dative case) etc. ; to cause to be taken away, appropriate, seize, rob ; to have taken from one's self, be deprived of, lose (especially at play) ; (harayate-) See pra-hṛ- ; (hārāpayati-), to lose (at play) : Desiderative j/ihīrṣati-, te- (confer, compare jihīrṣā-, ṣu-), to wish to take to one's self or appropriate, covet, desire, long for etc. ; (with kālam-), to wish to gain time : Intensive jehrīyate-; jarharīti-, jarīharīti-, jarharti-, jarīharti- (confer, compare saṃ-hṛ-) grammar ([ confer, compare Greek .]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛdayavallabham. the beloved of the heart, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛtamfn. ravished, charmed, fascinated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iddhamfn. shining, glowing, blazing etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ihasthamfn. standing here, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
īkṣaṇan. a look, view, aspect sight etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indrajālan. the art of magic etc. etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaḍatvan. idiocy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaḍayaNom. yati-, to make without feeling for (locative case) ; to render weak, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaḍīkṛtamfn. rendered torpid or motionless or senseless, stunned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jagaddharam. Name of a son of ratnadhara- and grandson of vidyā-dhara- (author of comments on ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jagatsvāmitvan. sovereignty of the world, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jājalāyanim. patronymic fr. la- or li- gaRa tikādi- (not in and ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalāgamam. "water-approach", rain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jālaṃdharam. Name of a people (equals tri-garta- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jālīdeśam. Name of a country, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jāmunamfn. equals yām- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janam. the person nearest to the speaker (also with ayam-or asau-,"this my lover" ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jayakuñjaram. a victorious elephant (over rival elephants) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jayavarmanm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jhaṣaketanam. equals -dhvaja- , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jhaṭitiind. onomatopoetic (i.e. formed from imitation of sounds) (gaRa svar-ādi-,not in ) instantly, at once View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jīvitesāf. a loved woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jñā cl.9 P.A1. jān/āti-, nit/e- (see ; subjunctive nat-; imperative nītat-,2. sg. nīh/i-,once irregular jña- ;[fr. cl.3.] jijāhi- ;2. plural irregular nata-. ;2. sg. A1. irregular nase- ; parasmE-pada n/at-, nān/a- irregular namāna-[ ]; perfect tense jajñau-, jñe-[ Passive voice ] , 3. plural jñ/ur- ; parasmE-pada jñān/a- ; future jñāsyati-, te-; Aorist ajñāsīt-, sta- Passive voice /ajñāyi-, ; Potential jñāyāt-or jñey- ;2. sg. jñeyas- equals ; infinitive mood jñātum-) to know, have knowledge, become acquainted with (accusative;rarely genitive case ), perceive, apprehend, understand (also with infinitive mood [ ] ) , experience, recognise, ascertain, investigate etc. ; to know as, know or perceive that, regard or consider as (with double accusative exempli gratia, 'for example' tasya māṃ tanayāṃ jānīta-,"know me to be his daughter" ;with mṛṣā-,"to consider as untrue" ) etc. ; to acknowledge, approve, allow ; to recognise as one's own, take possession of ; to visit as a friend ; to remember (with genitive case) ; A1. to engage in (genitive case exempli gratia, 'for example' sarpiṣo-,"to make an oblation with clarified butter") : Causal jñapayati-, to teach any one (accusative) ; jñāp- (Passive voice jñāpyate-) to make known, announce, teach anything and ; to inform any one (genitive case) that (double accusative) ; A1. to request, ask (jñap-) (jñāp-): Desiderative jijñāsate- (; Epic also P.) to wish to know or become acquainted with or learn, investigate, examine etc. ; to wish for information about (accusative) ; to conjecture : Causal Desiderative jijñapayiṣati- (also jñāp- ) and jñīpsati- (see psyamāna-), to wish to make known or inform ; ([ see etc.])
jotikam. Name of a family, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jṛmbham. blossoming, (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaiṃkirātamfn. coming from the tree kiṃ-kirāta- (or Jonesia aśoka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kal P. (rarely A1.) kalayati- (te-), to impel, incite, urge on etc. ; to bear, carry etc. ; to betake one's self to ; to do, make, accomplish ; to utter a sound, murmur etc. ; (sometimes in connection with nouns merely expressing the verbal conception exempli gratia, 'for example' mūrchāṃ- kal-,to swoon ; culukaṃ jalasya- kal-,to take a draught of water ) ; to tie on, attach, affix ; to furnish with ; to observe, perceive, take notice of ; to consider, count, take for ; (See 1. kalaya-, column 3.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalāf. any practical art, any mechanical or fine art (sixty-four are enumerated in the śaivatantra-[ ];the following is a list of them: gītam-, vādyam-, nṛtyam-, nāṭyam-, ālekhyam-, viśeṣaka-cchedyam-, taṇḍula-kusuma-balivikārāḥ-, puṣpāstaranam-, daśana-vasanāṅgarāgāḥ-, maṇi-bhūmikā-karma-, śayana-racanam-, udaka-vādyam-, udaka-ghātaḥ-, citrā yogāḥ-, mālya-granthana-vikalpāḥ-, keśa-śekharāpīḍayojanam-, nepathya-yogāḥ-, karṇa-pattra-bhaṅgāḥ-, gandha-yuktiḥ-, bhūṣaṇa-yojanam-, indrajālam-, kaucumāra-yogāḥ-, hasta-lāghavam-, citraśākāpūpa-bhakṣya-vikāra-kriyā-, pānaka-rasarāgāsava-yojanam-, sūcīvāpa-karma-, vīṇā-ḍama-ruka-sūtra-krīḍā-, prahelikā-, pratimā-, durvacakayogāḥ-, pustaka-vācanam-, nāṭakākhyāyikā-darśanam-, kāvya-samasyā-pūraṇam-, paṭṭikā-vetrabāṇa-vikalpāḥ-, tarkū-karmāṇi-, takṣaṇam-, vāstu-vidyā-, rūpya-ratna-parīkṣā-, dhātu-vādaḥ-, maṇi-rāga-jñānam-, ākara-jñānam-, vṛkṣāyur-veda-yogāḥ-, meṣa-kukkuṭa-lāvaka-yuddha-vidhiḥ-, śuka-sārikā-pralāpanam-, utsādanam-, keśa-mārjana-kauśalam-, akṣara-muṣṭikā-kathanam-, mlechitaka-vikalpāḥ-, deśa-bhāṣā-jñānam-, puṣpa-śakaṭikā-nimitta-jñānam-, yantra-mātṛkā-, dhāraṇa-mātṛkā-, saṃpāṭyam-, mānasī kāvya-kriyā-, kriyā-vikalpāḥ-, chalitakayogāḥ-, abhidhāna-koṣa-cchando-jñānam-, vastra-gopanāni-, dyūta-viśeṣaḥ-, ākarṣaṇa-krīḍā-, bālaka-krīḍanakāni-, vaināyikīnāṃ vidyāṇāṃ jñānam-, vaijayikīnāṃ vidyānāṃ jñānam-;See also ) etc.
kalakalam. any confused noise (as a tinkling or rattling sound, the murmuring of a crowd etc.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalatratāf. the state of being a wife or consort, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kamalākaram. a lake or pool where lotuses abound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanakamayamf(ī-)n. consisting or made of gold, golden View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kañcukamf(ī-)n. a cuirass, corselet, bodice, jacket etc.
kaṇṭhagatamfn. being at or in the throat, reaching the throat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭhagraham. "clinging to the neck", embracing, embrace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭhāśleṣam. the act of embracing, embrace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karṇābharaṇan. an ornament for the ear,
kāryaśeṣam. the remainder of a business View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāśyapaparivartam. Name of a section of the ratnakūṭa- -text View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṭukitamfn. (PrakritkaDuida) spoken to sharply or bitterly, treated harshly, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauśāmbikāf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kausumbhamf(ī-)n. ( ) dyed with safflower, orange View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kavicandram. Name of various authors (of the kāvyacandrikā-;of the dhātu-candrikā-;of the ratnāvalī-;of the rāmacandra-campū-;of the śānti-candrikā-;of the sārala-harī- grammar;of a book named stavāvali-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketugrahavallabham. equals tu-ratna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khedayitavyamfn. to be depressed or made distressed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
koṭif. the highest point, eminence, excellence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krand cl.1 P. A1. kr/andati-, krandate- (varia lectio kradate-fr. krad- ; subjunctive kr/andat-; imperfect tense krandat-and /akrandat-; Aorist 2. sg. kradas-, cakradas-,and /akrān-,3. sg. akrān-and /akrān-; akrandīt- ; parasmE-pada kr/andat-), to neigh (as a horse), roar (metaphorically applied to the clouds and to wind and water) ; to creak (as a wheel) ; to sound, make a noise ; to cry piteously, weep, lament, grieve, be confused with sorrow etc. ; to call out piteously to any one (accusative) (perf. cakranda-) : Causal krandayati- (Aorist /acikradat-,3. plural dan-), to cause to roar ; to cause to weep or lament ; to roar, rave ; to neigh after (accusative) : Intensive P. k/anikrantti- (A1. ntte- ; parasmE-pada k/anikradat-,once k/anikrat- ; parasmE-pada A1. kanikrady/amana- ) , to neigh, roar, rave, cry out ; to creak, crackle ; ([ confer, compare Gothic gre1ta,"to lament."]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krīḍāmahīdhram. equals -parvata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krīḍārasam. enjoying sport View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇāf. (with or without gaṅgā-) Name of the river Kistna View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇagaṅgāf. the river Kistna (See kṛṣṇā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇānadīf. the Kistna river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtatvaramf(ā-)n. making haste, hurrying, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayaṇamfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' "destroying, annihilating, driving away, dispersing" See arāya--, asura--, piśāca--, bhrātṛvya--, yātudhāna--, sadānvā-- and sapatna-kṣ/ayaṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kunth cl.1. kunthati-, to hurt, injure ; to suffer pain, want, etc. : cl.9. kuthnāti-, to cling to, twine round, embrace ; to injure ; ([ confer, compare Latin quatio,percutio.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuśalasāgaram. Name of a scribe (pupil of lāvaṇya-ratna-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kusuman. (fr. kus- ; gaRa ardharcādi-), a flower, blossom etc. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) &
kusumacāpam. equals -kārmuka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kusumāñjalif. a handful of flowers (properly as much as will fill both hands), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṭilīkṛto distort (the brows), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
labdhanāmanmfn. one who has gained a name, well spoken of, famous, celebrated ("for" locative case;in Prakrit) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
labdhaprasaramf(ā-)n. that which has obtained free scope, moving at liberty, unimpeded (in Prakrit) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
labdhapratyayamfn. one who has won confidence, one who has firm belief in ( labdhapratyayatā -- f.) (in Prakrit) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lajjālumfn. shameful, bashful, timid (in Prakritluka) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣitamfn. known, understood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
latāpāśam. a snare or festoon formed of creeper, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lāvaṇakam. or n. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
locanatrayapatham. the range of the three eyes (of śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madanamaham. a festival held in honour of kāma-deva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madanāvasthāf. the being in love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhavīlatāf. a spring-creeper (especially Gaertnera Racemosa, bearing white fragrant flowers) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhuprasaṅgamadhun. honey connected with spring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābrāhmaṇam. a great Brahman (in ironical sense) (= ṇindita-brahman- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahānubhāvamf(ā-)n. high-minded, noble-mighty, generous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maheśvarasiṃham. Name of a king of mithilā- (patron of ratna-pāṇi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandodyānan. Name of a pleasure-garden near ujjayinī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makhamathanan. the disturbance of (dakṣa-'s) sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mālāf. a string of beads, necklace, rosary. (see akṣa--and ratna-m-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malayānilam. equals ya-marut- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānagrahaṇan. fit of sulkiness, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manākind. only, merely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍalāyaNom. A1. yate-, to become or form one's self into a circle or ring, coil one's self. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇicūḍam. of a king of sāketa-nagara- (equals ratna-cūḍa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantraprabhāvam. the power of a spell, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārutāndolitamfn. shaken by the wind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārutodvellitamfn. equals mārutāndolita-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
math or manth- (q.v) cl.1.9. P. () thati-, m/anthati-, mathn/āti- (Ved. and Epic also A1. m/athate-, m/anthate-and mathnīte-; imperative mathnadhvam- ; perfect tense mamātha- ;3. plural mamathuḥ- ; methuḥ-, methire- ; mamantha-, nthuḥ- ; Aorist mathīt- ; amanthiṣṭām- ; amathiṣata- ; future mathiṣyati-, te- manthiṣyati- etc.; mathitā- ; infinitive mood mathitum- etc.; tos- ; m/anthitav/ai- ; ind.p. mathitv/ā-, -m/athya- etc.; manthitvā-, ; -manthya-and -mātham- etc.) . to stir or whirl round etc. ; (with agnim-), to produce fire by rapidly whirling round or rotating a dry stick (araṇi-) in another dry stick prepared to receive it ; (with araṇim-), to rotate the stick for producing fire ; (with ūrum-, hastam-etc.) , to use friction upon any part of the body with the object of producing offspring from it ; to churn (milk into butter) , produce by churning etc. (also with two accusative exempli gratia, 'for example' sudhāṃ- kṣīra-nidhim mathnāti-,"he churns nectar out of the ocean of milk" on ) ; to mix, mingle ; to stir up, shake, agitate, trouble disturb, afflict, distress, hurt, destroy etc. etc.: Passive voice mathy/ate- (Epic also ti-), to be stirred up or churned etc. etc. etc.: Causal manthayati- (), thayati- (), to cause to be stirred up or churned etc.: Desiderative mimathiṣati-, mimanthiṣati- grammar : Intensive māmathyate-, māmantti- etc. [ confer, compare Greek ; Latin mentha,menta; Lit.mentu4re; German minza,Minze; Anglo-Saxon minte; English mint.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mathan(only instrumental case mathnā-), a piece of wood for producing fire by attrition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mathanan. hurting, annoying, injury, destruction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mauktikamāraṇan. Name of a subject treated of in the dhātu-ratna--mālā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghavātam. wind with cloud or rain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛṇālahāram. () a lotus-fibre as a necklace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mudgaladevam. Name of an author (who translated the Prakrit passages of the ratnāvalī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhaśaśinm. candra-, Ratnav. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muṣitamfn. removed, destroyed, annihilated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muṣitamfn. deceived, cheated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāṭayitavyamfn. to be played (a drama) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāṭitan. mimic representation, a gesture (in compound also taka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navayogakallolam. Name of work (-nyāya-ratnākara-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīcatayāyāto stoop View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nihnutamfn. denied, disowned, concealed, hidden, secreted, given out for something else View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nipatP. -patati- (Epic also te-), to fly down, settle down, descend on (locative case), alight etc. ; to rush upon, attack, assail (accusative or locative case) ; to fall down, fall upon or into (literally and figuratively,with upari-, accusative or locative case;with pādayoḥ-,to throw one's self at a person's [gen.] feet ) ; to fall into ruin or decay, be lost etc. ; to be miscarried (as the fetus) ; to befall, happen, take place, occur, fall to the share of (locative case) etc. ; to enter, be inserted, get a place : Causal -pātayati- (Aorist -apīpatat- ), to cause to fall down, or on (locative case), throw down, fell, kill, destroy etc. ; to spit out ; to inlay, emboss ; to fix (the teeth) in (locative case) ; to direct (the eyes) towards (locative case) ; to impute (a fault) to (genitive case) ; to raise (taxes) from (ablative) ; (in gram.) to put down as a special or irregular form, consider as anomalous or irregular. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niranurodhamfn. unkind towards, regardless of (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirmathor manth- P. A1. -manthati-, te- ; -mathati-, te- ; -mathnāti- (future -mathiṣyati- ind.p. -mathya- etc.) ; to grind (fire) out of (wood), to produce (fire) by rubbing (wood together), rub or churn anything out of anything (double accusative) etc. ; to stir or churn (the sea) ; to tear or draw or shake out of, extract ; to shake, agitate (the mind) ; to grind down, crush, destroy etc.: Passive voice -mathyate- (parasmE-pada yamāna-), to be rubbed or churned etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvartitavyamfn. to be performed (in Prakrit), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣpratyāśībhūto give up all hope in (prati-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niyatamfn. limited in number View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛpajanam. "royal people", princes, kings, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pabbekam. Name of the father of kedāra-bhaṭṭa- (author of the vṛtta-ratnākara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādāgrasthitamfn. standing on tip-toe, , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādāhatif. "foot-blow", a kick, treading, trampling etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādapatanan. falling or bowing to another's feet, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pakṣapātam. flying, soaring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pakṣapātam. adopting a side or argument, siding with, partiality or inclination for (locative case genitive case accusative with prati-,or compound) etc. (also ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pālif. a row, line, range View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paribhāvinmfn. injuring, despising, slighting, mocking, defying (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parihṛP. A1. -harati-, te- (future -hariṣyati- ; Aorist 3. plural -ahṛṣata- ; ind.p. -hṛtya- ; -h/āram- ), to move or carry or take round ; to put or wrap round (A1.round one's self) etc. ; to put aside, save for (dative case) ; to leave, quit, desert ; to defend or preserve from (ablative) ; to spare ; to shun, avoid, leave out, omit ; to save or spare anything (as trouble, care etc.) to (genitive case), ; to take away, remove, beware of or abstain from (accusative). ; (A1.) to keep away from id est neglect, not heed ; to answer, refute ; to put twice, repeat (in the krama-pāṭha-), ; to nourish, foster, cherish : Desiderative -jihīrṣati-, to wish to keep away or avoid or shun, remove or conceal (see -jihīrṣā-,p.594) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārijātakam. of other men ( pārijātaratnākara -ratnākara- m.Name of work) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parimath(only imperfect tense -/amathnāt-), to pluck (the soma- plant) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parimilanan. ( mil-) touch, contact View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariṇāyakam. equals -ratna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paripāṇḍumfn. very light or pale View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryutsukamf(ā-)n. eagerly desirous, longing for (dative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṭaliputran. Name of the capital of magadha- near the confluence of the śoṇa- and the Ganges (supposed to be the ancient Palibothra and the modern Patna) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pataṃgavṛttif. the manner of the moth (attracted by a light) id est rashness, temerity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṭavāsam. perfumed powder ( paṭavāsatā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathopadeśakam. equals tha-darśaka- , (in Prakrit). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
patitotthitamfn. "fallen and risen", sunk (in a shipwreck) and saved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṭṭāṃśukan. a kind of garment (prob. made of silk), (see aṃśu-paṭṭa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
payaḥpūram. flood of water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalakāsādanan. the obtaining or reaching a plank (said of a drowning person) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalaprāptif. obtaining (the desired) fruit or result, success View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phutkṛP. A1. -karoti-, -kurute-, to puff, blow, make a bubbling noise, blow into ; to shriek, yell ; to be insolent or defiant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
picchikāf. a bunch of peacock's tail-feathers (used by conjurors) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piñjarayaNom. P. yati-, to dye reddish-yellow, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piṣṭāta m. perfumed powder or dust (which the Hindus sprinkle over each other at the holī- or spring festival) (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piṣṭātakam. perfumed powder or dust (which the Hindus sprinkle over each other at the holī- or spring festival) (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piśunayaNom. P. yati-, to betray, manifest, show, indicate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piśunitamfn. betrayed, shown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ploṣam. burning, combustion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabandhādhyāyam. Name of the 4th chapter of the saṃgīta-darpaṇa- and of the saṃgītaratnākara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabhraṣṭamfn. fallen down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabhutāf. prevalence (instrumental case"for the most part") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pragrathP. -grathnāti-, or -grathati-, to string together, join, connect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakṛṣṭamfn. violent, strong View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pralayadahanam. the fire causing the destruction of the world,
pramath(or manth-) P. -mathati-, or -mathnāti-, to stir up violently, churn (the ocean) ; to tear or strike off, drag away ; to handle roughly, harass, distress, annoy etc. (ind.p. -mathya-,violently, forcibly) ; to destroy, lay waste : Causal -māthayati-, to assault violently, harass, annoy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāṅgaṇan. (pra-aṅgaṇa-) a court, yard, court-yard etc. (also written gana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāptif. saving, rescue or deliverance from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prārth( pra-arth-) A1. prārthayate- (Epic also P. ti-and pr. p. yāna-), to wish or long for, desire (accusative) etc. ; to ask a person (accusative) for (accusative or locative case) or ask anything (accusative) from (ablative) etc. ; to wish to or ask a person to (infinitive mood) ; to demand in marriage, woo ; to look for, search ; to have recourse to (accusative) ; to seize or fall upon, attack, assail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasādam. free gift, gratuity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasaṅgam. union, connection (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'"connected with" exempli gratia, 'for example' madhu-prasaṅga-madhu-,"honey connected with or coming in the spring season")
prastāvanāf. a dramatic prologue, an introductory dialogue spoken by the manager and one of the actors (of which several varieties are enumerated, viz. the udghāṭyaka-, kaṭhodghāṭa-, prayogātiśaya-, pravartaka-, and avalagita-)
prasyandinmfn. shedding (tears) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratanamf(ī-)n. (fr. 1. pra-) ancient, old Va1rtt. 7 (see pra-tna-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prath cl.1 A1. () pr/athate- (rarely P. ti- exempli gratia, 'for example' imperfect tense 2. dual number /aprathatam- ; imperative prathantu- ; perfect tense paprathatuḥ- ;mostly A1. perfect tense paprath/e-, parasmE-pada paprathān/a- ; Aorist prathiṣṭa-, parasmE-pada prathān/a- ; future prathiṣyate-, prathitā- grammar), to spread, extend (intrans.; P.trans. and intrans.), become larger or wider, increase etc. ; to spread abroad (as a name, rumour etc.), become known or celebrated etc. ; to come to light, appear, arise ; to occur (to the mind) : Causal prath/ayati- (rarely te-; Aorist apaprathat- ; subjunctive papr/athat- ; paprathanta- ; pr/athayi- ), to spread, extend, increase etc. (prathayati-tarām- ; A1.intr. ) ; to spread abroad, proclaim, celebrate ; to unfold, disclose, reveal, show ; to extend over id est shine upon, give light to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiind. or as a preposition with usually preceding accusative , in the sense of towards, against, to, upon, in the direction of (exempli gratia, 'for example' śabdam p-,in the direction of the sound ; agnim pr-,against the fire ;also pratyagni ty-agni- ind. ; ripum pr-,against the enemy ; ātmānam pr-,to one's self ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibodhanīyamfn. to be awakened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipālanan. waiting, expecting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiṣṭhā( sthā-) P. A1. -tiṣṭhati-, te- to stand, stay, abide, dwell etc. ; to stand still, set (as the sun), cease ; to stand firm, be based or rest on (locative case), be established, thrive, prosper etc. ; to depend or rely on (locative case) ; to withstand, resist (accusative) ; to spread or extend over (accusative) : Causal ṣṭhāpayati-, to put down, place upon, introduce into (locative case) ; to set up, erect (as an image), ; to bring or lead into (locative case) ; to establish in, appoint to (locative case) etc. ; to transfer or offer or present to, bestow or confer upon (dative case or locative case) etc. ; to fix, found, prop, support, maintain ; to hold against or opposite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiṣṭhitayaśasmfn. one whose renown is well founded (su-pr-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratnavatmfn. containing the word pratna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyakṣadṛṣṭamfn. seen with the eyes, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyāsattif. good humour, cheerfulness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyāyanāf. consolation, comfort View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyujjīv(-ud-jīv-) P. -jīvati-, to return to life, revive : Causal -jīvayati-, to restore to life, revivify, resuscitate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravahaṇabhaṅgam. shipwreck View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśakam. a kind of interlude (acted by some of the subordinate characters for the making known of what is supposed to have occurred between the acts or the introducing of what is about to follow) etc. (see viṣkambhaka-and ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayatanan. effort, endeavour (used to explain pra-yatna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayatnam. persevering effort, continued exertion or endeavour, exertion bestowed on (locative case or compound), activity, action, act etc. (instrumental case sg. and plural ablative and prayatnatas -tas- ind.with special effort, zealously, diligently, carefully; tna- in the beginning of a compound and prayatnāt tnāt- ind.also = hardly, scarcely) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayogam. exhibition (of a dance), representation (of a drama) (ga-to-dṛś-,to see actually representedSee on the stage ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prekṣitavyamfn. to be seen or beheld View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
premābandham. equals prema-b- (above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
preṣaṇan. rendering a service (plural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prīṇa(for 1.See under prī-) mfn. (fr. 1. pra-) old, ancient, former Va1rtt. 7 (see pra-ṇa-, pra-tna-, pra-tana-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prīṇanan. the act of pleasing or delighting or satisfying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyavasantakam. "the desired spring"and"the dear vasantaka-"
pṛthutarīkṛto open (the eyes) wider View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūjāsatkāram. equals -vidhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūjopakaraṇan. () the requisites for the worship or adoration of a god. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puran. "the city" Greek id est pāṭali-putra- or Patna View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purajanam. sg. town-folk, citizens, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purasind. previously, first, first of all [ confer, compare pra purā-, pūrva-; Greek, "before."] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣkarākṣam. of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpavṛṣṭif. equals -varṣa- n. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cl.1.3.5.P. ṛcchati-, iyarti-, ṛṇoti-, and ṛṇvati- (only Vedic or Veda) ; āra-, ariṣyati-, ārat-, and ārṣīt-, to go, move, rise, tend upwards etc. ; to go towards, meet with, fall upon or into, reach, obtain etc. ; to fall to one's share, occur, befall (with accusative) etc. ; to advance towards a foe, attack, invade ; to hurt, offend ; to move, excite, erect, raise, (/iyarti v/ācam-,he raises his voice ; st/omān iyarmi-,I sing hymns ) : Causal arpayati-, to cause to move, throw, cast etc. ; to cast through, pierce ; to put in or upon, place, insert, fix into or upon, fasten etc. ; to place on, apply etc. ; to direct or turn towards etc. ; to deliver up, surrender, offer, reach over, present, give etc. ; to give back, restore etc.: Vedic or Veda Intensive alarti- ; (2. sg. alarṣi- ) ; to move or go towards with speed or zeal: Class. Intensive A1. arāryate- () , to wander about, haste towards ; ([ confer, compare Greek , , etc.: Zendir: Latin or-ior,re-mus,aro: Gothic argan: Anglo-Saxon a1r:Old High German ruo-dar,ar-an: Lithuanian ir-ti,"to row";ar-ti,"to plough."]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racanan. stringing flowers or garlands (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' with concrete meaning exempli gratia, 'for example' nivāsa-recanā-,a building ; gīti-racanā-,a song ; kūṭa-racanā-,an artifice, trick ; according to to also equals pari-spanda-or pari-syanda-, prati-yatna-, granthana-, gumpha-, vyūha-, niveśa-, sthiti-;also equals pāśa-, bhāra-etc., abundance, quantity in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' after a word meaning"hair"; see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahitaratnamfn. destitute of gems (also ratnarahita-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ram cl.1. A1. () ramate- (Vedic or Veda also P. r/amati-or ramṇāti- perfect tense rarāma- ; reme- etc.; Aorist 3. plural ranta- ; araṃsīt- ; araṃsta- ; raṃsiṣam- ; future rantā- grammar; raṃsyati- ; te- etc.; infinitive mood ramitum- ; rantum- etc.; rantos- ; ind.p. ratv/ā- ; rantvā- ; -ramya-or -ratya- ), to stop, stay, make fast, calm, set at rest (P.; especially present tense ramṇāti-) ; (P. A1.)to delight, make happy, enjoy carnally ; (A1.) to stand still, rest, abide, like to stay with (locative case or dative case) etc. ; (A1.; P.only mc.) to be glad or pleased, rejoice at, delight in, be fond of (locative case instrumental case or infinitive mood) etc. ; to play or sport, dally, have sexual intercourse with (instrumental case with or without samam-, saha-, sākam-or rdham-), etc. ; to couple (said of deer) , Va1rtt. 8 (confer, compare Causal) ; to play with id est put to stake (instrumental case) : Causal ram/ayati- or rām/ayati- (Aorist /arīramat-), to cause to stay, stop, set at rest ; (ramayati-, mc. also te-) to gladden, delight, please, caress, enjoy carnally etc. (3. sg. ramayati-tarām-, ) ; to enjoy one's self, be pleased or delighted ; mṛgān ramayati-, he tells that the deer are coupling Va1rtt. 8 : Desiderative in riraṃsā-, su- q.v : Desiderative of Causal in riramayiṣu- q.v : Intesis. raṃramyate- or raṃramīti- [ confer, compare Zend ram, Greek ,, ; Lithuanian rimti; Gothic rimis.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmadāsam. of the son of ratnākara- (father of mahī-dhara-;he is also called rāma-bhakta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmasiṃhavarmanm. Name of a king of jaya-pura- (who passes as the author of the dhātu-ratnamañjarī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathyāmukhan. entrance to a road or street, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratimatmfn. enamoured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnan. a jewel, gem, treasure, precious stone (the nine jewel are pearl, ruby, topaz, diamond, emerald, lapis lazuli, coral, sapphire, gomeda-;hence ratna-is a N. for the number 9;but according to to some 14) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnan. equals ratna-havis- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnacchattrakūṭasaṃdarśanam. varia lectio for ratna-kṣetra kūṭa-s- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnamālāf. a jewel necklace, pearl necklace etc. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnasvāminm. Name of an image erected by ratna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnavardhaneśam. an image of śiva- erected by ratna--vardhana View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnavatmfn. (r/atna--) accompanied with gifts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratninm. plural Name of certain persons in whose dwelling the ratna-havis- (q.v) is offered by a king (viz. the brāhmaṇa-, rājanya-, mahiṣī-, parivṛktī-, senā--, sūta-, grāma-ṇī-, kṣattṛ-, saṃgrahītṛ-, bhāga-dugha-, and akṣāvāpa-) ( ratninitva ni-tva- n. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rūkṣabhāvam. harsh or unfriendly behaviour, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabahumānamind. with great honour or reverence, very respectfully View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sacakitamfn. (id est 7. sa-+ c-) trembling, timid, startled ( sacakitam am- ind.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sagadgadagirmfn. with or having a faltering or stammering voice, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāgarikāf. Name of a woman, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sagauravamind. with dignity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahabhūmfn. innate, natural View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāhasakārinmfn. acting inconsiderately or rashly, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saindūramfn. (fr. sindūra-) coloured with red-lead or vermilion (-kṛ-,"to colour with vermilion") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakalajanam. every person, everybody View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakampamfn. having tremor, tremulous, trembling ( sakampam am- ind.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakaruṇamfn. lamentable, pitiable, piteous, full of pity ( sakaruṇam am- ind."piteously") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakautukamf(ā-)n. full of expectation, expectant of, eager for (compound; sakautukam am- ind.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śalākāf. a sprout, sprig, shoot of any kind (See ratna-ś-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samānapratipattimfn. of equal intelligence, judicious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samārūḍhamfn. grown, increased View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavipra(s/ātna--) mfn. skilled in sāma- chants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śambaram. of a juggler (also called śambarasiddhi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambhāram. high degree, excess of (love, anger etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambhāvanāf. coming together, meeting with (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambhāvitan. conjecture, supposition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃghaṭanan. (orf(ā-).) union or junction with (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃjātalajjamfn. one who has become ashamed or embarrassed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṃkarācāryam. Name of various teachers and authors, (especially) of a celebrated teacher of the vedānta- philosophy and reviver of Brahmanism (he is thought to have lived between A.D. 788 and 820, but according to tradition he flourished 200 B.C.,and was a native of kerala- or Malabar;all accounts describe him as having led an erratic controversial life;his learning and sanctity were in such repute that he was held to have been an incarnation of śiva-, and to have worked various miracles;he is said to have died at the age of thirty-two, and to have had four principal disciples, called padma-pāda-, hastāmalaka-, sureśvara- or mandana-, and troṭaka-;another of his disciples, ānanda-giri-, wrote a history of his controversial exploits, called śaṃkara-vijaya- q.v;tradition makes him the founder of one of the principal śaiva- sects, the daśa-nāmi-daṇḍin-s or"Ten-named Mendicants" ;he is the reputed author of a large number of original works, such as the ātma-bodha-, ānanda-laharī-, jñāna-bodhinī- , maṇi-ratna-mālā-, etc.;and commentaries on the upaniṣad-s, and on the brahma-mīmāṃsā- or vedānta-sūtra-, bhagavadgītā-, and mahā-bhārata-, etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṃkarānandam. Name of a philosopher (son of vāñcheśa- and veṅkaṭāmbā-, pupil of ānandātman- and guru of sāyaṇa-;author of the ātma-purāṇa- or upaniṣad-ratna-, containing the substance of a number of upaniṣad-s in verse;and of many Commentaries on upaniṣad-s and similar works.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketasthamf(ā-)n. appearing by appointment, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampramath(or manth-) P. -mathati-, -manthati-, or -mathnāti- (ind.p. -mathya- q.v), to stir about or agitate violently, violate, outrage, oppress, harass, annoy ; to tear out (the eyes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samṛddhamfn. plenteous, abundant, much View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudgakam. n. a round box or casket etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudgalaSee ratna-s-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudvahP. A1. -vahati-, te-, to lift out, carry forth ; to lead away, lead home, marry ; to lift up, raise ; to bear (with manasā-,or hṛdayena-,"in the heart"), tolerate, suffer, endure ; to wear, possess ; to exhibit, show, display
samupacitamfn. abundant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvadP. A1. -vadati-, te- (ind.p. sam-udya- q.v), (A1.) to speak together or at the same time ; (P.; A1.only mc.) to converse with (instrumental case) or about (locative case) ; (P.) to sound together or in concord (said of musical instruments) , to agree, accord, consent ; to coincide, fit together (so as to give one sense) ; to speak, speak to, address (accusative) ; to designate, call, name (two accusative) : Causal -dayati-, te- (ind.p. -vādya- q.v), to cause to converse with (instrumental case) or about (locative case) ; to invite or call upon to speak, , (varia lectio) ; to cause to sound, play (a musical instrument) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvāram. compression or contraction of the throat or of the vocal chords (in pronunciation), obtuse articulation (opp. to the vi-vāra- q.v,and regarded as one of the bāhya-prayatna-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samyagdarśanan. right perception or insight (See ratna-traya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samyagjñānan. right knowledge (See ratna-traya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samyakcāritran. (with jaina-s) right conduct (See ratna-traya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samyakpālanan. right or due protection, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāntim. of a teacher (also called ratnākara-ś-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāpatnamfn. (fr, sa-patna-,or sapatnī-) coming or derived from a rival View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarasvatīf. an excellent woman (equals strī-ratna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śārṅgadevam. Name of the author of the saṃgīta-ratnākara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saroṣasmitamind. with an angry smile View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvākāra(in the beginning of a compound) ind. in all forms, in every way, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvākāramind. in all forms, in every way, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasādhvasamfn. dismayed, terrified, alarmed, timid ( sasādhvasam am- ind.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasāgaramfn. together with the oceans View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasmitamf(ā-)n. accompanied with smiles, smiling, laughing ( sasmitam am- ind.)
saspṛhamfn. filled with desire or longing, longing for, desirous of (locative case or infinitive mood), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saśrilkamf(ā-)n. having beauty, lovely, splendid ( saśrilkatā -- f. saśrilkatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṭopamind. haughtily View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saubhāsinikan. (with ratna-) a kind of jewel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savailakṣyamf(ā-)n. with shame, ashamed, pretended, forced ( savailakṣyam am- ind.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savailakṣyasmitamind. with a pretended or forced smile View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savismayamf(ā-)n. having astonishment, surprised, perplexed, doubtful ( savismayam am- ind.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savitarkamind. thoughtfully View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savyājamfn. artful, fraudulent, false, deceitful ( savyājam am- ind.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śeṇavīor śeṇā- f. (see ratna-śeṇā-) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śeṣanārāyaṇam. Name of the author of the sūkti-ratnākara- (a commentator or commentary on the mahā-bhāṣya-;also with -paṇḍita-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śeṣaratnākaram. Name of the author of the sāhityaratnākara- (a commentator or commentary on the gīta-govinda-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhādeśam. one whose predictions are fulfilled, prophet, soothsayer, fortune-teller View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śīkarakaṇam. a drop of rain or water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śīrṣavedanā() f. head-ache. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skhalitan. loss, deprivation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ślāghyayauvanāf. (a woman) in the glorious bloom of youth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śoṇam. the river śoṇa- or Sone (alsof(ā-).;it rises in Gondwana in the district of Nagpore, on the table-land of amara-kaṇṭaka-, four or five miles east of the source of the narmadā- [Nerbudda], and running first northerly and then easterly for 500 miles falls into the Ganges above pāṭali-putra- or Patna) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sotprāsamfn. exaggerated, ironical, derisive, scornful ( sotprāsam am- ind.scornfully) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
spaṣṭākṣaramfn. "containing distinct sounds or syllables", distinctly pronounced or spoken View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphaṭikaśilāmaṇḍapam. or n. a crystal-bower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphuṭākṣaramfn. having clear words, perspicuous (as speech) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sragdāmann. a garland, wreath View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śranth or śrath- (see ślath-) cl.9 P. () śrathnāti- (Vedic or Veda also śrathnīte-and śṛnthati-,and according to to also śrathati-, śrāthayati-, śranthati-, te-; perfect tense śaśrātha-or śaśrantha- grammar;3. sg. -śaśrathe- ;3. plural śrethuḥ-or śaśranthuḥ- grammar; Aorist aśranthīt-, thiṣṭa- ; future śranthiṣyati- ; infinitive mood śrathitum-or śranthitum- ; ind.p. śrathitvā-or śranthitvā- ; -śrathya- ), to be loosened or untied or unbent, become loose or slack, yield, give way (see ) ; to make slack, disable, disarm ; (A1.) to loosen one's own (bonds etc.) ; varia lectio for grath-, granth-: Causal śrath/ayati-, te- (in saṃhitāpāṭha- also śrathāyati-and according to to grammar also śrāthayati-and śranthayati-[ see below]; Aorist aśiśrathat-[3. sg. subjunctive śiśrathat-and 3. plural imperative śiśrathantu- ]or aśaśranthat-), to loosen, untie, unbend, slacken, relax (A1."to become loose, yield") ; to remit, pardon (sin) ; (śrāthayati-), to strive eagerly, endeavour, use exertion ; to delight, gladden ; (śranthayati-), to bind, tie, connect, arrange ; to hurt, kill View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrath or śranth- (see ślath-) cl.9 P. () śrathnāti- (Vedic or Veda also śrathnīte-and śṛnthati-,and according to to also śrathati-, śrāthayati-, śranthati-, te-; perfect tense śaśrātha-or śaśrantha- grammar;3. sg. -śaśrathe- ;3. plural śrethuḥ-or śaśranthuḥ- grammar; Aorist aśranthīt-, thiṣṭa- ; future śranthiṣyati- ; infinitive mood śrathitum-or śranthitum- ; ind.p. śrathitvā-or śranthitvā- ; -śrathya- ), to be loosened or untied or unbent, become loose or slack, yield, give way (see ) ; to make slack, disable, disarm ; (A1.) to loosen one's own (bonds etc.) ; varia lectio for grath-, granth-: Causal śrath/ayati-, te- (in saṃhitāpāṭha- also śrathāyati-and according to to grammar also śrāthayati-and śranthayati-[ see below]; Aorist aśiśrathat-[3. sg. subjunctive śiśrathat-and 3. plural imperative śiśrathantu- ]or aśaśranthat-), to loosen, untie, unbend, slacken, relax (A1."to become loose, yield") ; to remit, pardon (sin) ; (śrāthayati-), to strive eagerly, endeavour, use exertion ; to delight, gladden ; (śranthayati-), to bind, tie, connect, arrange ; to hurt, kill View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śravaṇapathātithim. coming to (literally"being a guest of") the ears of any one (thi-tvami-,with genitive case,"to come to the ears of","be heard by") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīharṣam. Name of various authors etc. (especially of a celebrated king and poet or patron of poets, also called śrīharṣa-kavi- or śrī-harṣa-deva-, who lived probably in the first half of the seventh century A.D. and is the supposed author of three plays, viz. nāgānanda-, priya-darśikā-, and ratnāvalī-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīkhaṇḍadāsam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgakam. a syringe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅkhalādāmann. () a chain (-band). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrotraparamparāf. successive oral report or hearsay (rayā-,"by successive oral communication") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanabharam. "breast-weight", a swelling bosom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthā cl.1 P. A1. () t/iṣṭhati-, te- (perfect tense tasth/au-, tasthe- etc.; Aorist /asthāt-, /asthita- ;3. plural asthiran- ; āsthat-[?] ; asthiṣi-, ṣata- etc.; subjunctive sthāti-, sth/āthaḥ- ; preceding stheyāt- ; stheṣam-, ṣuḥ-[?] ; sthāsīṣṭa- grammar; future sthātā- etc.; sthāsyati-, te- etc.; infinitive mood sth/ātum- ; tos- ; -sthitum- ; ind.p. sthitvā- etc.; -sth/āya- etc.; -sthāyam- ), to stand, stand firmly, station one's self, stand upon, get upon, take up a position on (with pādābhyām-,"to stand on the feet";with jānubhyām-,"to kneel";with agre-or agratas-and genitive case,"to stand or present one's self before";with puras-and with or without genitive case,"to stand up against an enemy etc.") etc. ; to stay, remain, continue in any condition or action (exempli gratia, 'for example' with kanyā-,"to remain a girl or unmarried";with tūṣṇīm-or with maunena- instrumental case"to remain silent";with sukham-,"to continue or feel well") etc. ; to remain occupied or engaged in, be intent upon, make a practice of, keep on, persevere in any act (with locative case; exempli gratia, 'for example' with rājye-,"to continue governing";with śāsane-,"to practise obedience";with bale-,"to exercise power";with sva-dharme-,"to do one's duty";with sva-karmaṇi-,"to keep to one's own business";with saṃśaye-,"to persist in doubting";also with ind.p. exempli gratia, 'for example' dharmam āśritya-,"to practise virtue") etc. ; to continue to be or exist (as opp. to"perish"), endure, last etc. ; to be, exist, be present, be obtainable or at hand etc. ; to be with or at the disposal of, belong to (dative case genitive case,or locative case) etc. ; (A1. mc. also P. confer, compare ) to stand by, abide by, be near to, be on the side of, adhere or submit to, acquiesce in, serve, obey (locative case or dative case) etc. ; to stand still, stay quiet, remain stationary, stop, halt, wait, tarry, linger, hesitate (See under sthitvā-below) etc. ; to behave or conduct one's self (with samam-,"to behave equally towards any one" locative case) ; to be directed to or fixed on (locative case) ; to be founded or rest or depend on, be contained in (locative case) ; to rely on, confide in (locative case exempli gratia, 'for example' mayi sthitvā-,"confiding in me") ; to stay at, resort to (accusative) ; to arise from (ablative or genitive case) ; to desist or cease from (ablative) ; to remain unnoticed (as of no importance), be left alone (only imperative and Potential) : Passive voice sthīyate- (Aorist asthāyi-), to be stood etc. (frequently used impersonal or used impersonally exempli gratia, 'for example' mayā sthīyatām-,"let it be abided by me" id est"I must abide") etc. etc.: Causal sthāpayati-, te- (Aorist /atiṣṭhipat-; ind.p. sthāpayitvā-[ q.v ] and -sth/āpam-: Passive voice sthāpyate-), to cause to stand, place, locate, set, lay, fix, station, establish, found, institute etc. ; to set up, erect, raise, build ; to cause to continue, make durable, strengthen, confirm etc. ; to prop up, support, maintain ; to affirm, assent ; to appoint (to any office locative case) etc. ; to cause to be, constitute, make, appoint or employ as (two accusative;with dhātrīm-,"to employ any one as a nurse";with rakṣārtham-,"to appoint any one as guardian";with sajjam-,"to make anything ready";with su-rakṣitam-,"to keep anything well guarded";with svīkṛtya-,"to make anything one's own";with pariśeṣam-,"to leave anything over or remaining") etc. ; to fix, settle, determine, resolve etc. ; to fix in or on, lead or bring into, direct or turn towards (locative case,rarely accusative;with hṛdi-,"to impress on the heart";with manas-,"to fix the mind on") etc. ; to introduce or initiate into, instruct in (locative case exempli gratia, 'for example' with naye-,"to instruct in a plan or system") ; to make over or deliver up to (locative case or haste-with genitive case,"into the hands of") ; to give in marriage ; to cause to stand still, stop, arrest, check, hold, keep in, restrain (with baddhvā-,"to keep bound or imprisoned") etc. ; to place aside, keep, save, preserve : Desiderative of Causal -sthāpayiṣati- (See saṃ-sthā-): Desiderative t/iṣṭhāsati-, to wish to stand etc. : Intensive teṣṭhīyate- ; tāstheti-, tāsthāti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek ; Latin stare; Lithuanian sto4ti; Slavonic or Slavonian stati; German sta7n,stehen; English stand.])
sthāsakamn(?). a figure made with unguents View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sudūramind. very far away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sulhaṇam. Name of the author of the su-kavi-hṛdayānandinī- (a commentator or commentary on kedāra-'s vṛtta-ratnākara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūnyamf(ā-)n. void of results, ineffectual (a-śūnyaṃ-kṛ-,"to effect","accomplish") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suparijñātamfn. well ascertained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supratiṣṭhitayaśasmfn. one whose renown is well established
susaṃgatāf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvarṇinSee maṇi-ratna-suv-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvidagdhamfn. very cunning, astute View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svacetasn. one's own mind (-,"out of one's own head") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svahastam. one's own hand (taṃ--,"to offer one's hand for aid [ locative case ]") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svaragatādhyāyam. Name of the first chapter of the saṃgīta-darpaṇa- and of the saṃgīta-ratnākara-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svārthaprayatnam. a self-interested project View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvasanan. sighing, a sigh View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedodgamam. the breaking out of perspiration, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tadanuind. after that, afterwards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tadavasthamfn. so situated, thus circumstanced, in that condition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tādītnāind. (fr. tadi-tna-fr. tadi-,correlative of y/adi-) at that time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirīyaprātiśākhyan. the prātiśākhya- of the taittirīya-s (commented on by tri-bhāṣya-ratna-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tājakan. Name of certain astronomical books translated or derived from translations from the Arabic and Persian (exempli gratia, 'for example' -kalpa-latā-, -keśavī-, -kaustubha-, -cintāmaṇi-, -tantra-, -tilaka-, -dīpaka-, -paddhati-, -bhāva-, -bhūṣaṇa-, -muktāvali-, -yoga-sudhākara-, -ratna-mālā-, -śāśtra-, -sarvasva-sāra-, -sāra-, -sudhā-nidhi-, laṃkāra-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tamaḥsaṃghātam. dense darkness, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tan cl.8 P. A1. n/oti-, nut/e- (3. plural nv/ate-[ --and vi-tanvat/e- ] ; imperative nu-[ /ava-and v/i-tanuhi- ; see Va1rtt. 1 ] ; nuṣva- ; subjunctive 2. sg. nuthās-, ;1. dual number navāvahai-, ; imperfect tense 3. plural /atanvata-, ; perfect tense P. tat/āna-,once tāt- ;2. sg. tat/antha-[ ],class. tenitha-[ ]; A1.1. 2. 3. sg. [ --] tatane-, [abh/i-]tatniṣe-, [v/i-]tatne- ;3. sg. irregular tate-, ;3. plural tatnir/e-[ v/i-- ] or ten-[ (vi--)etc.; see ]; Aorist P. /atan- ; [/ā-]atān-, ; ;[ p/ari--, v/i--] atanat- ; [anv-/ā]atāṃsīt- ; atānīt- ; tat/anat-, [abh/i-]t/anāma-, t/anan- ;2. plural ataniṣṭa- ;3. dual number atāniṣṭām- ; A1. atata-or ataniṣṭa-, atathās-or ataniṣṭhās- ;3. plural /atnata- ; tat/ananta-, ;1. sg. atasi- plural ataṃsmahi- ; future 2nd taṃsy/ate- ; future 1st [vi-]tāyitā- ; parasmE-pada proper tanv/at-, vān/a-; perfect tense tatanv/as-; ind.p. tatvā-, tv/āya-, -t/atya- ;[ vi--] tāya- ; infinitive mood tantum- ; Passive voice tāy/ate- [ parasmE-pada y/amāna-] etc.; tanyate- ; Aorist atāyi- ) to extend, spread, be diffused (as light) over, shine, extend towards, reach to etc. ; to be protracted, continue, endure ; to stretch (a cord), extend or bend (a bow), spread, spin out, weave etc. ; to emboss ; to prepare (a way for) ; to direct (one's way, gatim-) towards ; to propagate (one's self or one's family, tanūs-, tantum-) ; to (spread id est to) speak (words) ; to protract ; to put forth, show, manifest, display, augment etc. (Passive voice to be put forth or extended, increase ) ; to accomplish, perform (a ceremony) etc. ; to sacrifice ; to compose (a literary work) ; to render (any one thirsty, double accusative) : Desiderative titaniṣati-, taṃsati-, tāṃs- : Intensive tantanyate-, tantanīti-, ; ([ see , etc.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tanuf. (us-) (once m. ) equals n/ū- (See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order), the body, person, self (see duṣ-ṭanu-, priy/a--) (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') (svakā t-,"one's own person", ) (accusative plural irregular navas-, ) etc. (iyaṃ tanur mama-,"this my self. id est I myself here "; nuṃ-tyaj-or -,"to give up one's life" ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāpītaṭadeśam. idem or 'm. "bank of the Tapti", Name of a place ' , Ratnak. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tara(ām-), added (in older language) to adverbs (See ati-tar/ām-etc.) and (in later language) to verbs ( ) , intensifying their meaning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tarkataraṃgiṇīf. Name of work by guṇa-ratna-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tatasind. t/atas tataḥ- (in dramatic language) what then? what took place after that? View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tathāind. (t/a-thā-,correlative of y/a-thā- ; gaRa di- and ) in that manner, so, thus (the correlative standing in the preceding or in the subsequent clause, exempli gratia, 'for example' yathā priyaṃ-, tathāstu-,"as is agreeable, so let it be"; tathā prayatnam ātiṣṭhed yathātmānaṃ na pīḍayet-,"he should so make effort as that he may not injure himself." ; tathā tathā-yathā-,so much that ;also correlative of iva- ;of yena- ;of yādṛśa- ;used in forms of adjuration exempli gratia, 'for example' yathāham anyaṃ na cintaye tathāyam patatāṃ kṣudraḥ parāsuḥ-,"as surely as I do not think on any other man, so surely let this wretch fall dead" ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tiliṅgaName of a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tiraskārinmfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' excelling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tirayaNom. P. (fr. r/as-) yati-, to conceal, hide, prevent from appearing etc. ; to hinder, stop, restrain etc. ; to pervade View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tithiprakaraṇan. of śrī-pati-'s jyotiṣa-ratna-- mālā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
traiviṣṭapam. plural "inhabitants of tri-v- ", the gods View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trapāf. () perplexity, bashfulness, shame etc.: (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-). ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tridaśapatim. "lord of the gods", indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triśaraṇan. "threefold refuge" equals -ratna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ucchittif. extirpation, destroying, destruction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udayataṭam. the slope of the eastern mountain (See udaya-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udayorvībhṛtm. equals -giri- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udgamP. -gacchati- (Ved. imperfect tense 1. plural -aganma-) to come forth, appear suddenly, become visible : etc. ; to go up, rise (as a star), ascend, start up etc. ; to go out or away, disappear etc. ; to spread, extend : Causal -gamayati-, to cause to rise ; to cause to come out or issue (as milk from the mother's breast), suck. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udgamam. coming forth, becoming visible, appearing, production, origin etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udgatamfn. come or proceeded forth, appeared, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udgranthP. -grathnāti-, or -granthati-, to bind up, tie into bundles, tie up, truss etc. ; to fasten, wind : ; to unbind, loosen : Causal -grathayati-, to unbind, loosen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvīkṣ( ud-vi-īkṣ-) A1. -kṣate-, to look up or upwards, look at, view ; to perceive etc. ; to consider, examine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
unmath or -manth- (ud-ma[n]th-) P. -mathnāti-, to shake up, disturb, excite ; to stir up, rouse ; to press hard upon, treat with blows, act violently, beat ; to shake or tear or cut off ; to pluck out, root up, rub open ; to strike, kill, annul etc. ; to refute, confute commentator or commentary on ; to mix, mingle: Causal -mathayati-, to shake, agitate, excite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upagranthP. (1. sg. -granthāmi-for -grathnāmi-?) to intwine or wind round commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upajīvinmfn. submissive, humble, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upakṛP. A1. -karoti-, -kurute-, to bring or put near to, furnish with, provide ; to assist, help, favour, benefit, cause to succeed or prosper etc. ; to foster, take care of ; to serve, do homage to (with accusative;only A1.by ;butSee ) etc. ; to undertake, begin, set about ; to scold, insult ; upa-skṛ- (s-inserted or perhaps original) A1. -skurute-, to add, supply ; to furnish with ; to prepare, elaborate, arrange, get ready ; to adorn, decorate, ornament ; to deform, disfigure, derange, disorder, spoil ; to take care for ; to bring together, assemble. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasargam. misfortune, trouble, a natural phenomenon (considered as boding evil) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upetamfn. one who has obtained or entered into any state or condition, one who has undertaken (exempli gratia, 'for example' a vow) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvakaramfn. having the hands raised upwards (and also casting rays of light upwards), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
urvītalan. the surface of the earth, ground, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uṣṇīṣapaṭṭam. a turban, fillet, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utkalikāf. longing for, regretting, missing any person or thing etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utkalikāf. a bud, unblown flower, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utkampinmfn. agitated etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utkaṇṭhānirbharamind. longingly, yearningly, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpiṣṭamfn. crushed, bruised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttan(ud-- tan-) A1. (Aorist 3. plural -atnata- ) to stretch one's self upwards, endeavour to rise ; to stretch out. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttānīkṛto open wide (the mouth), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ind. (after a rel. or interr.) possibly, perhaps, I dare say etc. (exempli gratia, 'for example' kiṃ vā śakuntalety asya mātur ākhyā-,"is his mother's name perhaps śakuntalā-?"; ko vā-or ke vā-followed by a negative may in such cases be translated by"every one, all" exempli gratia, 'for example' ke vā na syuḥ paribhava-padaṃ niṣphalāram-bha-yatnāḥ-,"everybody whose efforts are fruitless is an object of contempt") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhūjanam. a woman or wife (also collectively,"women") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vādyadhyāyam. Name of a chapter of the saṃgīta-ratnākara-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vahanabhaṅgam. shipwreck View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vajralepam. a kind of hard mortar or cement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vakrabhaṇitan. indirect speech, equivocation, evasion, (in Prakrit). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaktrendum. a moon-like face View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāravanitā( ) f. a harlot, prostitute. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣukamf(ā-)n. raining, causing to rain, pouring out (see ratna-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasantakam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' fem. ā-) spring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasantakam. Name of a man, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasantamahotsavam. the great spring-festival (in honour of the love-god) (see vasantotsava-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasantasamayam. equals -kāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsavadattāf. Name of various women (especially of the wife of udayana-, king of vatsa- and daughter of king caṇḍa-mahā-sena- of ujjayinī-[ ]or of king pradyota-[ ],to whom she offered herself after having been betrothed by her father to saṃjaya-[ ];and of the heroine of subandhu-'s novel, who is represented to have been betrothed by her father to puṣpa-ketu-, but carried off by kandarpa-ketu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasturacanāf. arrangement of matter, elaboration of a plot
vastuvijñānaratnakośam. Name of a dictionary (equals ratna-kośa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasubhūtim. Name of various men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasuṃdharāf. of another woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātāvalīf. equals vātā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vatsarājam. a king of the vatsa-s
vayasyakatvan. companionship, friendship, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedācāryam. " veda--teacher", (with āvasathika-) Name of the author of the smṛtiratnākara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasiddhāntam. Name of work ( vedāntasiddhāntakaumudī ta-kaumudī- f. vedāntasiddhāntacandrikā -candrikā- f. vedāntasiddhāntadīpikā -dīpikā- f. vedāntasiddhāntapradīpa -pradīpa- m. vedāntasiddhāntabheda -bheda- m. vedāntasiddhāntamuktāvalī -muktāvalī- f. vedāntasiddhāntaratnāñjali -ratnāñjali- m. vedāntasiddhāntasūktimañjarīprakāśa -kti-mañjarī-prakāśa- m.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetālabhaṭṭam. Name of a poet (the author of the nīti-pradīpa-, and one of the 9 men of letters said to have flourished at the court of vikramāditya-; see nava-ratna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigrath(or granth-) P. -grathnāti-, to connect, tie or bind together, wind round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijanīkṛto remove all witnesses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijayavarmanm. of various other men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikramabāhum. Name of various princes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikramādityam. "valour-sun", Name of a celebrated Hindu king (of ujjayinī- and supposed founder of the [ mālava--] vikrama- era[ see saṃvat-],which begins 58 B.C. [but subtract 57-56 from anexpiredyear of the vikrama- era to convert it into A.D.];he is said to have driven out the śaka-s and to have reigned over almost the whole of Northern India;he is represented as a great patron of literature;nine celebrated men are said to have flourished at his court [see nava-ratna-],and innumerable legends are related of him all teeming with exaggerations;according to some he fell in a battle with his rival śāli-vāhana-, king of the south country or Deccan, and the legendary date given for his death is kali-yuga- 3044 [which really is the epoch-year of the vikrama- era];there are, however, other kings called vikramāditya-, and the name has been applied to king bhoja- and even to śāli-vāhana-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vilīA1. -līyate- (perfect tense -lilyuh- ; future -letā-,or -lātā-; ind.p. -līya-or -lāya- ), to cling or cleave or adhere to ; to hide or conceal one's self, disappear etc. ; to be dissolved, melt etc. etc.: Causal -lāpayati- or -lāyayati- or -lālayati- or -līnayati- (), to cause to disappear, destroy ; to cause to be dissolved or absorbed in (locative case) ; to make liquid, dissolve, melt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimardam. trampling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimath(or manth-) P. A1. -mathati-, te-, -mathnāti-, nīte- etc. (in veda- generally A1.; infinitive mood -mathitos- ; tum- ), to tear off, snatch away ; to tear or break in pieces, rend asunder, bruise ; to cut in pieces, disperse, scatter ; to confuse, perplex, bewilder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimuktamfn. emitted or discharged by, flowing from (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vinimīlanan. ( mīl-) shutting, closure (of a flower, of the eyes etc.), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipāṭalamfn. very red View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viphalīkṛtamfn. done in vain ( viphalīkṛtayatna ta-yatna- mfn.making fruitless efforts ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipratīpamfn. reversed, inverted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśeṣaṇavargam. Name of a chapter of the śabda-ratnāvalī- lexicon. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣkambhakam. (in dramatic language) an interlude (equals viṣkambha-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśliṣP. A1. -śliṣyati-, te-, to be loosened or dissolved or relaxed ; to be divided or separated (mithaḥ-,"from each other") ; to fall wide of a mark, fail to strike, miss the aim ; to divide, separate from (ablative) : Causal -śleṣayati-, to cause to be disunited, separate from (ablative) ; to deprive of (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśramP. -śrāmyati- (Epic also śramati-, te-; ind.p. śr/āmya-,or -śramya-), to rest, repose, recreate one's self. etc. ; to rest from labour, cease, stop, desist ; to rest or depend on (locative case) ; to rest id est trust or confide in, rely on ; to feel at ease or comfortable : Passive voice -śrāmyate- (Aorist vy-aśrāmi- ; especially 3. sg. imperative; -śrāmyatām-,"you may rest","enough of this") : Causal -śrāmayati-, to cause to rest, make to cease, stop etc. ; to cause to rest or settle down on (locative case) : Desiderative See vi-śiśramiṣu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśrāmasthānan. a place (id est means) of rest or recreation (said of a friend) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśrāntavigrahakathamfn. one in whom,"war"or"a body" (see vi-graha-) is out of the question id est "unwarlike"and"bodiless"(applied to king udayana- and to the god of love) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīthikam. or n. (only mc.) a row, line View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīthikāf. a row, line View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivāram. (in gram.) open or expanded state of the organs of speech, expansion of the throat in articulation (one of the ābhyantara-prayatna-s or efforts of articulate utterance which take place within the mouth, opp. to saṃ-vāra- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyākhyānayaNom. P. yati-, to communicate, narrate, report (in Prakrit). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyākṛṣṭamfn. drawn to one's self. attracted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyalīkan. transgression, offence, misdeed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastanyāsamfn. "having separate impressions", rumpled (as a couch) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāvṛtA1. -vartate- (rarely P.), to become separated or singled out from (instrumental case) ; to become separated or distinct, be distinguished as or in some particular form of. ; to turn or wind in different directions, divide (as a road) ; to be dispersed (as an army) ; to be opened ; to turn away from, part with, get rid of (instrumental case or ablative) ; to diverge from, be inconsistent with (ablative) ; to go away, depart ; to come back, return ; to turn round, revolve ; to sink (as the sun) ; to come to an understanding or settlement ; to come to an end, cease, perish, disappear etc.: Causal -vartayati- (Passive voice -vartyate-), to divide, separate from (instrumental case or ablative; ind.p. -vartya-,"with the exception of") . etc. ; to free from (instrumental case) ; to turn about or round ; to keep back, avert ; to throw about, strew ; to exchange, substitute one for another ; to lay aside (the staff) ; (with anyathā-) to retract (a word) ; to remove (pain or distress) ; to destroy or annul (an enemy or a rule) : Desiderative -vivṛsate-, to wish or intend to liberate one's self from or get rid of (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yad(Nominal verb and accusative sg. n.and base in compound of 3. ya-), who, which, what, whichever, whatever, that etc. etc. (with correlatives tad-, tyad-, etad-, idam-, adas-, tad etad-, etad tyad-, idaṃ tad-, tad idam-, tādṛśa-, īdṛśa-, īdṛś-, etāvad-,by which it is oftener followed than preceded;or the correl. is dropped exempli gratia, 'for example' yas tu nārabhate karma kṣipram bhavati nirdravyaḥ-,"[he] indeed who does not begin work soon becomes poor" ;or the rel. is dropped exempli gratia, 'for example' andhakam bhartāraṃ na tyajet sā mahā-satī-,"she who does not desert a blind husband is a very faithful wife" yad-is often repeated to express"whoever","whatever","whichever", exempli gratia, 'for example' yo yaḥ-,"whatever man"; yā yā-,"whatever woman"; yo yaj jayati tasya tat-,"whatever he wins [in war] belongs to him" ; yad yad vadati tad tad bhavati-,"whatever he says is true", or the two relatives may be separated by hi-,and are followed by the doubled or single correl. tad- exempli gratia, 'for example' upyate yad dhi yad bījam tat tad eva prarohati-,"whatever seed is sown, that even comes forth" ;similar indefinite meanings are expressed by the relative joined with tad- exempli gratia, 'for example' yasmai tasmai-,"to any one whatever", especially in yadvā tadvā-,"anything whatever";or by yaḥ-with kaśca-, kaścana-, kaścit-,or [in later language, not in manu-] ko'pi- exempli gratia, 'for example' yaḥ kaścit-,"whosoever"; yāni kāni ca mitrāṇi-,"any friends whatsoever"; yena kenāpy upāyena-,"by any means whatsoever." yad-is joined with tvad-to express generalization exempli gratia, 'for example' śūdrāṃs tvad yāṃs tvad-,"either the śūdra-s or anybody else" ;or immediately followed by a Persian pronoun on which it lays emphasis exempli gratia, 'for example' yo 'ham-,"I that very person who"; yas tvaṃ kathaṃ vettha-,"how do you know?" ;it is also used in the sense of"si quis" exempli gratia, 'for example' striyaṃ spṛśed yaḥ-,"should any one touch a woman." yad-is also used without the copula exempli gratia, 'for example' andho jaḍaḥ pīṭha sarpī saptatyā sthaviraśca yaḥ-,"a blind man, an idiot, a cripple, and a man seventy years old" ;sometimes there is a change of construction in such cases exempli gratia, 'for example' ye ca mānuṣāḥ-for mānuṣāṃś-ca- ;the Nominal verb sg. n. yad-is then often used without regard to gender or number and may be translated by"as regards","as for", exempli gratia, 'for example' kṣatraṃ vā etad vanaspatīnāṃ yan nyag-rodhaḥ-,"as for the nyag-rodha-, it is certainly the prince among trees" ;or by"that is to say","to wit" exempli gratia, 'for example' tato devā etaṃ vajraṃ dadṛśur yad apaḥ-,"the gods then saw this thunderbolt, to wit, the water" yad-as an adverb conjunction generally ="that", especially after verbs of saying, thinking etc., often introducing an oratio directa with or without iti-; iti yad-,at the end of a sentence ="thinking that","under the impression that" exempli gratia, 'for example' yad-also ="so that","in order that","wherefore","whence","as","in as much as","since","because"[the correlative being tad-,"therefore"],"when","if" etc.; /adha y/ad-,"even if","although" yad api- idem or ' yathāṃśa-tas- etc. See p.841, columns 2 and 3 etc.' yad u-- evam-,"as - so" ; yad uta-,"that" ;"that is to say","scilicet" ; yat kila-,"that" ; yac ca-,"if","that is to say" ; yac ca-yac ca-,"both - and" ;"that"[accord. to after expressions of"impossibility","disbelief","hope","disregard","reproach"and,"wonder"]; yad vā-,"or else","whether" ;[ yad vā-,"or else", is very often in commentators];"however" ; yad vā-- yadi vā-,"if-or it" ; yad bhūyasā-,"for the most part" ; yat satyam-,"certainly","indeed","of course" ; yan nu-,with 1st Persian,"what if I","let me" ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yānabhaṅgam. "fracture of a vessel", shipwreck View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yatavyamf(ā-)n. (fr. yatu-;applied to tan/ū-) equals prayatna-vat- (Scholiast or Commentator yātavya-fr. yātu-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāsamīhitamind. according to wish (in Prakrit) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yatnam. (also plural) effort, exertion, energy, zeal, trouble, pains, care, endeavour after (locative case or compound) etc. (yatnaṃ-with kṛ-, ā-sthā-, samā-sthā-, ā-dhā-and locative case or infinitive mood,"to make an effort or attempt","take trouble or pains for"; yatnena-or tnais-,"with effort","carefully","eagerly","strenuously"[also yatna- in the beginning of a compound ]; yatnenāpi-,"in spite of every effort"; yatnair vinā-,"without effort"; yatnāt-,with or notwithstanding effort; mahato yatnāt-", with great effort","very carefully") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yātnikam. plural (fr. yatna-) "making effort", Name of a Buddhist school View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yaugaṃdharāyaṇam. Name of a minister of king udayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yoṣijjanam. (fr. yoṣit-+ j-) womenfolk, women, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yuṣmadīyam. a countryman of yours View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yuvatīsārtham. a multitude of young women, (in Prakritthaka). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
40 results
acintya अचिन्त्य न्तनीय a. [न. त.] Inconceivable, incomprehensible, unexpected; ˚यस्तु तव प्रभावः R.5.33; ˚न्त्यरूप, ˚कर्मन् of inconceivable form or action. -न्त्यः 1 Śiva. -2 Quick-silver (Nighaṇṭuratnākara).
āsthānam आस्थानम् 1 A place, site. -2 Ground, base. -3 An assembly; आस्थानाध्यासनाश्रितः Bhāg.6.7.5. -4 Care, regard; see आस्था. -5 A hall of audience; K.8,14. -6 Recreation ground (विश्रामस्थानम्). -नी An assemblyroom. आस्थानीं समये समं नृपजनः सायंतने संपतन् Ratna. निजामशाहमास्थानीमेत्य सिंहासने स्थितम् &Sacute B.3.8. -Comp. -गृहम्, -निकेतनम्, -मण्डपः an assembly-room; तदीय- मास्थाननिकेतनाजिरम् Ki.1.16.
udayanam उदयनम् 1 Rising, ascending, going up; सूर्यस्योदयना- दधि Rv.1.48.7. -2 Result, consequence. -3 End, conclusion. -नः 1 N. of Agastya. -2 N. of the king Vatsa; प्राप्यावन्तीनुदयनकथाकोविदग्रामवृद्धान् Me.3. [A celebrated Prince of the lunar race, who is usually styled Vatsarāja. He reigned at Kauśambī. Vāsavadattā, Princess of Ujjayinī, saw him in a dream and fell in love with him. He was decoyed to that city and there kept in prison by Chaṇḍamahāsena, the king. But on being released by the minister, he carried off Vāsava-dattā from her father and a rival suitor. Udayana is the hero of the play called Ratnāvalī and his life has been made the subject of several other minor compositions. See Vatsa also]. -Comp. -आचार्यः N. of a philosopher and author of several works.
uddyota उद्द्योत a. Shining, blazing; हर्षरश्मिमिरुद्द्योतं यस्यान्तः- पुरमाबभौ Rām.1.16.25. -तः Light, lustre (lit. and fig.); देहोद्द्योतैर्दशाशाः कपिशयति मुहुर्द्वादशादित्यदीप्तिः Nāg.4.22. त्रिभि- र्नेत्रैः कृतोद्द्योतम् Mb.; कुलोद्द्योतकरी तव Rām. adorning or gracing. -2 Revelation. -3 A division of a book, chapter, section. -4 N. of the commentary on Ratnāvalī, on Kāvyapradīpa, and on महाभाष्यप्रदीप.
kulya कुल्य a. [कुल-यत्] 1 Relating to a family, race, or corporation. -2 Well-born. -ल्यः A respectable man. ˚मातृबन्धुकुल्यगुणवत् सामन्तानामन्यतमेन˚ Kau. A.1.17. -ल्यम् 1 Friendly inquiry after family affairs (condolence, congratulation &c.). -2 A bone; 'अस्थि कुल्यं स्यात्' Ratna.; Mv.2.16. -3 Flesh. -4 A winnowing basket. -ल्या 1 A virtuous woman. -2 A small river, canal, stream; कुल्याम्भोभिः पवनचपलैः शाखिनो धौतमूलाः Ś.1.15; कुल्येवोद्यानपादपान् R.12.3,7.49; U.3.23, शाल्यर्थं कुल्याः प्रणीयन्ते Mbh. on P.III.6.5. -3 A dike, trench. -4 A measure of grain equal to 8 droṇas.
kṛpālu कृपालु a. [कृपां लाति ला-आदाने मि˚ डु] Merciful, compassionate, kind; गुरो कृपालो कृपया वहैनम् Maṇiratna-mālā.
dhanvantariḥ धन्वन्तरिः 1 N. of the physician of the gods, said to have been produced at the churning of the ocean with a cup of nectar in his hand; cf. चतुर्दशरत्न. -2 N. of the nine Ratnas at the court of Vikramāditya. -3 N. of a deity to whom oblations were offered to the North-east quarter; Ms.3.85. -4 N. of the sun; Mb.3.3.25.
dhāvaka धावक a. [धाव्-ण्वुल्] 1 Running, flowing. -2 Quick, swift. -3 Washing. -कः 1 A washerman. -2 N. of a poet (said to have composed the Ratnāvalī for King Srīharṣa); श्रीहर्षादेर्धावकादीनामिव यशः K. P.1. (v. l.); प्रथितयशसां धावकसौमिल्लकविपुत्रादीनां प्रबन्धानतिक्रम्य M.1 (v. l.).
nāṭikā नाटिका A short or light comedy, one of the Uparūpakas, q. v.; e. g. the Ratnāvalī, Priyadarśikā or Viddhaśālabañjikā. The S. D. thus defines it :-- नाटिका क्लृप्तवृत्ता स्यात् स्त्रीप्राया चतुरङ्किका । प्रख्यातो धीरललितस्तत्र स्यान्नायको नृपः ॥ स्यादन्तःपुरसंबन्धा संगीतव्यापृता$थवा । नवानुरागा कन्या$त्र नायिका नृपवंशजा ॥ संप्रवर्तेत नेतास्यां देव्यास्त्रासेन शङ्कितः । देवी पुनर्भवेज्ज्येष्ठा प्रगल्भा नृपवंशजा ॥ पदे पदे मानवती तद्वशः संगमो द्वयोः । वृत्तिः स्यात् कौशिकी स्वल्पविमर्शाः संधयः पुनः ॥ 539.
pañcan पञ्चन् num. a. (Always pl., nom. and acc. पञ्च) Five. (As the first member of comp. पञ्चन् drops its final न्). [cf. Gr. pente.] -Comp. -अंशः the fifth part, a fifth. -अग्निः 1 an aggregate of five sacred fires; i. e. (अन्वाहार्यपचन or दक्षिण, गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय, सभ्य, and आव- सथ्य). -2 a householder who maintains the five sacred fires; पञ्चाग्नयो धृतव्रताः Māl.1; Ms.3.185. -3 five mystic fires supposed to exist in the body; तेजो ह्यग्निस्तथा क्रोधश्चक्षुरूष्मा तथैव च । अग्निर्जरयते यच्च पञ्चाग्नेयाः शरीरिणः ॥ Mb.12.184.21. -4 one who is acquainted with the doctrine of these fires. ˚साधनम् four fires on four sides and the sun above the head. This is a form of penance. -अङ्ग a. five-membered, having five parts or divisions as in पञ्चाङ्गः प्रणामः (i. e. बाहुभ्यां चैव जानुभ्यां शिरसा वक्षसा दृशा); कृतपञ्चाङ्गविनिर्णयो नयः Ki.2.12. (see Malli. and Kāmandaka quoted by him); पञ्चाङ्गमभिनयमुपदिश्य M.1; चित्ताक्षिभ्रूहस्तपादैरङ्गैश्चेष्टादिसाम्यतः । पात्राद्यवस्थाकरणं पञ्चाङ्गे$भिनयो मतः ॥ (-ङ्गः) 1 a tortoise or turtle. -2 a kind of horse with five spots in different parts of his body. (-ङ्गी) a bit for horses. -(ङ्गम्) 1 collection or aggregate of five parts. -2 five modes of devotion (silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols and feeding Brāhmaṇas) -3 the five parts of a tree; त्वक्पत्रकुसुमं मूलफलमेकस्य शाखिनः । एकत्र मिलितं चैतत् पञ्चाङ्ग- मिति संज्ञितम् ॥ -4 a calendar or almanac, so called because it treats of five things:-- (तिथिर्वारश्च नक्षत्रं योगः करणमेव च); चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चा- ङ्गबलवानाकाशं वशमानये ॥ Shbhāṣ. ˚गुप्तः a turtle. ˚पत्रम् a calendar. ˚विनिर्णयः the five rules are as follows; सहायाः साधनोपाया विभागो देशकालयोः । विनिपातप्रतीकारः सिद्धिः पञ्चाङ्ग- मिष्यते ॥ Kāmandak; cf. Ki.2.12. ˚शुद्धिः f. the propitiousness or favourable state of five important points; i. e. तिथि, वार, नक्षत्र, योग and करण (in astrology). -अङ्गिक a. five-membered. -अङ्गुल a. (-ला or -ली f.) measuring five fingers. (-लः) the castor-oil plant. -अ(आ)जम् the five products of the goat; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अतिग a. liberated (मुक्त); सो$पि पञ्चातिगो$भवत् Mb. 12.59.9. -अप्सरस् n. N. of a lake, said to have been created by the sage Mandakarni; cf. R.13.38. -अमरा The five plants i. e. (Mar. भांग, दूर्वा, बेल, निर्गुडी and तुळस. -अमृत a. consisting of 5 ingredients. -(तम्) 1 the aggregate of five drugs; dry ginger, a species of Moonseed (Cocculus cordifolius, Mar. गुळवेल), Asparagus recemosus (Mar. शतावरी), Hypoxis brevifolia (Mar. मुसळी), गोक्षुरक (Mar. गोखरूं). -2 the collection of five sweet things used in worshipping deities; (दुग्धं च शर्करा चैव घृतं दधि तथा मधु). -3 the five elements; Māl.5.2. -अम्लम् the aggregate of five acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias and citron). -अर्चिस् m. the planet Mercury. -अवयव a. five-membered (as a syllogism, the five members being, प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन q. v.). -अवस्थः a corpse (so called because it is resolved into the five elements) cf. पञ्चत्व below. -अविकम् the five products of the sheep; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अशीतिः f. eighty-five. -अहः a period of five days. -आतप a. doing penance with five fires. (i. e. with four fires and the sun); cf. R.13.41. -आत्मक a. consisting of five elements (as body). -आननः, -आस्यः, -मुखः, -वक्त्रः 1 epithets of Śiva. -2 a lion (so called because its mouth is generally wide open; पञ्चम् आननं यस्य), (often used at the end of names of learned men to express great learning or respect; न्याय˚, तर्क˚ &c. e. g. जगन्नाथतर्कपञ्चानन); see पञ्च a. -3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. (-नी) an epithet of Durgā. -आम्नायाः m. (pl.) five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva. -आयतनी, -नम् a group of five deities like गणपति, विष्णु, शंकर, देवी and सूर्य. -इन्द्रियम् an aggregate of the five organs (of sense or actions; see इन्द्रियम्). -इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; (so called because he has five arrows; their names are:-- अरविन्दमशोकं च चूतं च नवमल्लिका । नीलोत्पलं च पञ्चैते पञ्चबाणस्य सायकाः ॥ the five arrows are also thus named:-- संमोहनोन्मादनौ च शोषणस्तापनस्तथा । स्तम्भनश्चेति कामस्य पञ्चबाणाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥). -उपचारः the five articles of worship i. e. (गन्ध, पुष्प, धूप, दीप and नैवेद्य). -उष्मन् m. (pl.) the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body. -कपाल a. prepared or offered in five cups. -कर्ण a. branded in the ear with the number 'five' (as cattle &c.); cf. P.VI.3.115. -कर्मन् n. (in medicine) the five kinds of treatment; i. e. 1 वमन 'giving emetics'; 2 रेचन 'purging'; 3 नस्य 'giving strenutatories'; 4 अनुवासन 'administering an enema which is oily', and 5 निरूह 'administering an enema which is not oily. वमनं रेचनं नस्यं निरूहश्चानुवासनम् । पञ्चकर्मेदमन्यश्च ज्ञेयमुत्क्षेपणादिकम् ॥ -कल्याणकः a horse with white feet and a white mouth. -कषाय a decoction from the fruits of five plants (जम्बु, शाल्मलि, वाट्याल, बकुल and बदर). -कृत्यम् the five actions by which the Supreme Power manifests itself (सृष्टि, स्थिति, संहार, तिरोभाव and अनुग्रह- करण). -कृत्वस् ind. five times. -कृष्णः A kind of game. (-ष्णाः) The five deities of Mahānubhāva sect namely चक्रवर्ती कृष्ण, Datta of Mātāpura, Gundam Raul of ऋद्धिपुर, चांगदेव राऊळ of द्वारावती and चांगदेव राऊळ of प्रतिष्ठान. -कोणः a pentagon. -कोलम् the five spices taken collectively; पिप्पली पिप्पलीमूलं चव्यचित्रकनागरम् । पञ्चकोलं ......... (Mar. पिंपळी, पिंपळमूळ, चवक, चित्रक व सुंठ). -कोषाः m. (pl.) the five vestures or wrappers supposed to invest the soul; they are:-- अन्नमयकोष or the earthly body (स्थूलशरीर); प्राणमयकोष the vesture of the vital airs; मनो- मयकोष the sensorial vesture; विज्ञानमयकोष the cognitional vesture (these three form the लिङ्गशरीर); and आनन्द- मयकोष the last vesture, that of beatitude. कोषैरन्नमयाद्यैः पञ्चभिरात्मा न संवृतो भाति । निजशक्तिसमुप्तन्नैः शैवालप़टलैरिवाम्बु वापीस्थम् ॥ Vivekachūdāmaṇi. -क्रोशी 1 a distance of five Kroṣas. -2 N. of the city, Banares. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी a collection of five beds. -गत a. (in alg.) raised to the fifth power. -गवम् a collection of five cows. -गव्यम् the five products of the cow taken collectively; i. e. milk, curds, clarified butter or ghee, urine, and cowdung (क्षीरं दधि तथा चाज्यं मूत्रं गोमयमेव च). -गु a. bought with five cows. -गुण a. five-fold. (-णाः) the five objects of sense (रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द). (-णी) the earth. -गुप्तः 1 a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head). -2 the materialistic system of philosophy, the doctrines of the Chārvākas. -घातः (in music) a kind of measure. -चत्वारिंश a. forty-fifth. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-five. -चामरम् N. of 2 kinds of metre; प्रमाणिकापदद्वयं वदन्ति पञ्चचामरम् Vṛittaratnākara. -जनः 1 a man, mankind. -2 N. of a demon who had assumed the form of a conch-shell, and was slain by Kṛiṣṇa; तस्मै प्रादाद्वरं पुत्रं मृतं पञ्चजनोदरात् Bhāg.3.3.2. -3 the soul. -4 the five classes of beings; i. e. gods, men, Gandharvas, serpents and pitṛis; यस्मिन् पञ्च पञ्चजना आकाशश्च प्रतिष्ठितः Bṛi. Up.4.4.17. -5 the four primary castes of the Hindus (ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र) with the Niṣādas or barbarians as the fifth (pl. in these two senses); (for a full exposition see Sārirabhāṣya on Br. Sūtras 1.4.11-13). (-नी) an assemblage of five persons. -जनीन a. devoted to the five races. (-नः) an actor, a mimic, buffoon, one who is devoted to the pentad viz. singer, musician, dancer, harlot and a jester; गायकवादक- नर्तकदासीभण्डरतः खलु पञ्चजनीनः Bhāsāvritti on P.V.1.9. -ज्ञानः 1 an epithet of Buddha as possessing the five kinds of knowledge. -2 a man familiar with the doctrines of the Pāśupatas. -तक्षम्, -क्षी a collection of five carpenters. -तत्त्वम् 1 the five elements taken collectively; i. e. पृत्थी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -2 (in the Tantras) the five essentials of the Tāntrikas, also called पञ्चमकार because they all begin with म; i. e. मद्य, मांस, मत्स्य, मुद्रा and मैथुन. -तन्त्रम् N. of a well-known collection in five books containing moral stories and fables by Visnugupta; पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते H. Pr.9. -तन्मात्रम् the five subtle and primary elements (such as शब्द, रस, स्पर्श and रूप and गन्ध). -तपस् m. an ascetic who in summer practises penance sitting in the middle of four fires with the sun burning right over his head; cf. हविर्भुजामेधवतां चतुर्णां मध्ये ललाटंतपसप्तसप्तिः R.13.41; Ku.5.23; Ms.6.23 and Śi.2.51. also; ग्रीष्मे पञ्चतपा वीरो वर्षास्वासारषाण्मुनिः Bhāg. 4.23.6; Rām.3.6.5. -तय a. five-fold; वृत्तयः पञ्चतय्यः क्लिष्टा अक्लिष्टाः Mbh. (-यः) a pentad. -तिक्तम् the five bitter things:-- निवामृतावृषपटोलनिदिग्धिकाश्च. -त्रिंश a. thirtyfifth. -त्रिंशत्, -त्रिंशतिः f. thirty-five. -दश a. 1 fifteenth. -2 increased by fifteen; as in पञ्चदशं शतम् 'one hundred and fifteen'. -दशन् a. (pl.) fifteen. ˚अहः a period of fifteen days. -दशिन् a. made or consisting of fifteen. -दशी 1 the fifteenth day of a lunar fortnight (the full or new moon day); Y.1.146. -2 N. of a philosophical work (प्रकरणग्रन्थ) by माधवाचार्य (विद्यारण्य). -दीर्घम् the five long parts of the body; the arms, eyes, belly, nose and breast; बाहू नेत्रद्वयं कुक्षिर्द्वे तु नासे तथैव च । स्तनयोरन्तरं चैव पञ्चदीर्घं प्रचक्षते ॥ -देवताः the five deities:-- आदित्यं गणनाथं च देवीं रुद्रं च केशवम् । पञ्चदैवतमित्युक्तं सर्वकर्मसु पूजयेत् ॥ -धारणक a. upheld by the five elements. -नखः 1 any animal with five claws; such as the hare, alligator, tortoise, porcupine, rhinoceros शशकः शल्लकी गोधा खड्गी कूर्मश्च पञ्चमः । पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्या ये प्रोक्ताः कृतजैर्द्विजैः Bk.6.131; Ms.5.17,18; Y.1.177. -2 an elephant. -3 a turtle. -4 a lion or tiger. -नखी, -नखराज an iguana (Mar. घोरपड); Gīrvāṇa. -नदः 'the country of five rivers, the modern Panjab (the five rivers being शतद्रु, विपाशा, इरावती, चन्द्रभागा and वितस्ता, or the modern names Sutlej, Beas, Ravee, Chenab and Jhelum). -दा (pl.) the people of this country. -नवतिः f. ninety-five. -निम्बम् the five products of निम्ब viz. (the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark and root). -नीराजनम् waving five things before an idol and then falling prostrate before it; (the five things being:-- a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango and betel-leaf). -पञ्चाश a. fiftyfifth. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-five. -पदी 1 five steps; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतो$पिनिष्ठुरै- रेतैर्धनैः पञ्चपदी न दीयते Pt.2.115. -2 the five strong cases, i. e. the first five inflections -पर्वन् n. (pl.) the five parvans q. v.; they are चतुर्दश्यष्टमी चैव अमावास्या च पूर्णिमा । पर्वाण्येतानि राजेन्द्र रविसंक्रान्तिरेव च ॥ a. five-knotted (an arrow). -पल्लवम् The leaves of the mango, fig, banyan, ficus religiosa (Mar. पिंपळ) and Genus Ficus (Mar. पायरी). There are other variations such as पनस, आम्र, पिप्पल, वट and बकुल. The first group is for the Vedic ritual only. -पात्रम् 1 five vessels taken collectively. -2 a Srāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels. -पाद् a. consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; पञ्चपादं पितरम् Praśna Up.1.11. (-m.) a year (संवत्सर). -पादिका N. of a commentary on शारीरकभाष्य. -पितृ m. (pl.) the five fathers:-- जनकश्चोपनेता च यश्च कन्यां प्रयच्छति । अन्नदाता भयत्राता पञ्चैते पितरः स्मृताः ॥ -पित्तम् the bile of five animals viz. (the boar, goat, buffalo, fish and peacock). -प्रस्थ a. having five elevations (a forest). -प्राणाः m. (pl.) the five life-winds or vital airs: प्राण, अपान, व्यान, उदान, and समान. -प्रासादः a temple of a particular size with four pinnacles and a steeple. -बन्ध a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen. -बलाः five medicinal herbs, namely बला, नागबला, महाबला, अति- बला and राजबला. -बाणः, -वाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; see पञ्चेषु. -बाहुः N. of Śiva. -बिन्दुप्रसृतम् N. of a particular movement in dancing; Dk.2. -बीजानि the five seeds:--कर्कटी, त्रपुस, दाडिम, पद्मबीज, and वानरीबीज. -भद्र a. 1 having five good qualities. -2 consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce &c.). -3 having five auspicious marks (as a horse) in the chest, back, face and flanks. -4 vicious. -द्रः a kind of pavilion. -भागिन् m. the five deities of पञ्चमहा- यज्ञ; धर्मकामविहीनस्य चुक्रुधुः पञ्चभागिनः Bhāg.11.23.9. -भुज a. pentagonal. (-जः) 1 a pentagon; cf. पञ्चकोण. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -भूतम् the five elements; पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -भृङ्गाः the five trees, viz. देवदाली (Mar. देवडंगरी), शमी, भङ्गा (Mar. भांग), निर्गुण्डी and तमालपत्र. -मकारम् the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual of which the first letter is म; see पञ्चतत्त्व (2). -महापातकम् the five great sins; see महापातक Ms.11. 54. -महायज्ञाः m. (pl.) the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृ- यज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो बलिर्भौतो नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7. अहुतं च हुतं चैव तथा प्रहुतमेव च । ब्राह्मं हुतं प्राशितं च पञ्च यज्ञान् प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.73; see महायज्ञ. -मारः son of Baladeva; L. D. B. -माश(षि)क a. consisting of five Māṣas (as a fine &c.). -माष(षि)क a. amounting to five māṣas; गर्दभाजाविकानां तु दण्डः स्यात्पञ्चमाषिकः Ms.8.298. -मास्य a. happening every five months. -मुखः an arrow with five points; (for other senses see पञ्चानन.) -मुद्रा five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol; viz आवाहनी, स्थापनी, संनिधापनी, संबोधनी and संमुखीकरणी; see मुद्रा. -मूत्रम् the urine of five female animals; the cow, goat, she-buffalo, sheep, and she-ass.). -मूलम् there are nine varieties of the pentad combinations of roots; लघुपञ्चमूल, बृहत्पञ्चमूल, शतावर्यादि, तृणपञ्चमूल, जीवकादिपञ्चमूल, पुनर्नवादिपञ्चमूल, गोक्षुरादि˚, वल्ली˚. -रत्नम् a collection of five gems; (they are variously enumerated: (1) नीलकं वज्रकं चेति पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । प्रवालं चेति विज्ञेयं पंचरत्नं मनीषिभिः ॥ (2) सुवर्णं रजतं मुक्ता राजावर्तं प्रवालकम् । रत्नपञ्चकमाख्यातम् ...॥ (3) कनकं हीरकं नीलं पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । पञ्चरत्नमिदं प्रोक्त- मृषिभिः पूर्वदर्शिभिः ॥ -2 the five most admired episodes of the Mahābhārata; गीता, विष्णुसहस्रनाम, भीष्मस्तवराज, अनुस्मृति and गजेन्द्रमोक्ष). -रसा the आमलकी tree (Mar. आंवळी). -रात्रम् 1 a period of five nights; इत्यर्थं वयमानीताः पञ्चरात्रो$पि विद्यते Pañch.3.24. -2 N. of one of Bhāsa's dramas. -3 N. of a philosophical treatise attributed to Nārada. -4 N. of an अहीन (sacrifice) lasting for 5 days; स एतं पञ्चरात्रं पुरुषमेधं यज्ञक्रतुमपश्यत् Śat. Br.; cf. Mb.12.218. 11. -राशिकम् the rule of five (in math.). -लक्षणम् a Purāṇa; so called because it deals with five important topics:-- सर्गश्च प्रतिसर्गश्च वंशो मन्वन्तराणि च । वंशानुचरितं चैव पुराणं पञ्चलक्षणम् ॥ see पुराण also. -लवणम् five kinds of salt; i. e. काचक, सैन्धव, सामुद्र, बिड and सौवर्चल. -लाङ्गलकम् a gift (महादान) of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs. -लोकपालः the five guardian deities viz. Vināyaka, Durgā, Vāyu, Ākāśa and Aśvinīkumāra. -लोहम् a metallic alloy containing five metals (i. e. copper, brass, tin, lead and iron). -लोहकम् the five metals i. e. gold, silver, copper, tin and lead. -वटः the sacred or sacrificial thread worn across the breast (यज्ञोपवीत). -वटी 1 the five fig-trees: i. e. अश्वत्थ, बिल्व, वट, धात्री and अशोक. -2 N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma dwelt for a considerable time with his beloved; it is two miles from Nasik; परिहरन्तमपि मामितः पञ्चवटीस्नेहो बलादाकर्षतीव U.2.27/28; R.13.34. -वर्गः 1 an aggregate of five. -2 the five essential elements of the body. -3 the five organs of sense; संतुष्टपञ्चवर्गो$हं लोकयात्रां प्रवाहये Rām.2.19.27. -4 the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; cf. महायज्ञ. -5 the five classes of spies (कापटिक, उदास्थित, गृहपतिव्यञ्जन, वैदेहिकव्यञ्जन and तापसव्यञ्जन); cf. Kull. on Ms.7.154. -वर्षदेशीय a. about five years old. -वर्षीय a. five years old. -वल्कलम् a collection of the barks of five kinds of trees; namely न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ, प्लक्ष and वेतस. -वल्लभा N. of Draupadī. -वार्षिक a. recurring every five years. -वाहिन् a. drawn by five (as a carriage). -विंश a. twenty-fifth. -शः 1 a Stoma consisting of 25 parts. -2 N. of Viṣṇu (regarded as the 25th तत्त्व); स तु जन- परितापं तत्कृतं जानता ते नरहर उपनीतः पञ्चतां पञ्चविंश Bhāg. 7.8.53. -विंशतिः f. twenty-five. -विंशतिका a collection of twenty-five; as in वेतालपञ्चविंशतिका. -विध a. fivefold, of five kinds. ˚प्रकृतिः f. the five departments of a government; अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गार्थदण्डाख्याः पञ्च चापराः Ms.7.157. -वीरगोष्ठम् an assembly room, concert-hall; रागमञ्जरी नाम पञ्चवीरगोष्ठे संगीतकमनुष्ठास्यति Dk.2. -वृत्, -वृतम् ind. five-fold. -वृत्तिता depending on senses; Rām.2.1.65. -शत a. amounting to five hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and five. -2 five hundred. -शाखः 1 the hand; स्वशिरः पश्चशाखाभ्यामभिहत्यायतेक्षणा Mb.11.17.3; कदापि नो मुञ्चति पञ्चशाखः (नारायणस्य) Rām. Ch.1.9; स्फूर्जद्रत्नाङ्गुलीयद्युतिशबलनखद्योतिभिः पञ्चशाखैः Śiva B.3.49. -2 an elephant. -शारदीयः N. of a Yāga. -शिखः a lion. -शीलम् the five rules of conduct; Buddh. -शुक्लम् The holy combination of five days, viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the month (day of the manes) and day time, हरिवासर and सिद्धक्षेत्र (cf. त्रिशुक्लम्). -ष a. (pl.) five or six; सन्त्यन्ये$पि बृहस्पतिप्रभृतयः संभाविताः पञ्चषाः Bh.2.34. -षष्ट a. sixty-fifth. -षष्टिः f. sixty-five. -सटः one with five tufts of hair on the head (सटाः जटाः केशसन्निवेशे मध्ये मध्ये पञ्चसु स्थानेषु क्षौरवद्वापनम्); दासो$यं मुच्यतां राज्ञस्त्वया पञ्चसटः कृतः Mb.3.272.18; (Mar. पांच पाट काढणें). -सप्तत a. seventy-fifth. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-five. -सस्यम् the five grains viz. धान्य, मुद्ग, तिल, यव and माष. -सिद्धान्ती f. the five astronomical doctrines from astronomical book like सूर्यसिद्धान्त etc. -सिद्धौषधयः the five medicinal plants:-- तैलकन्द, सुधाकन्द, क्रोडकन्द, रुदन्तिक, सर्पाक्षी. -सुगन्धकम् the five kinds of aromatic vegetable sub- stances; they are:-- कर्पूरकक्कोललवङ्गपुष्पगुवाकजातीफलपञ्चकेन । समांशभागेन च योजितेन मनोहरं पञ्चसुगन्धकं स्यात् ॥. -सूनाः f. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed; they are:-- पञ्चसूना गृहस्थस्य चुल्ली पेषण्युपस्करः कण्डनी चोदकुम्भश्च Ms.3.68. -सूरणाः the five medicinal esculent roots; sweet and bitter सूरण, अत्यम्ल- पर्णी, काण्डीर, मालाकन्द. &c. -स्रोतम् n. the mind; पञ्चस्रोतसि निष्णातः Mb.12.218.11. (com. पञ्चस्त्रोतांसि विषयकेदारप्रणालिका यस्य तस्मिन् मनसि). -हायन a. five years old.
pāṭaliḥ पाटलिः f. The trumpet-flower. -Comp. -पुत्रम् N. of an ancient city, the capital of Magadha, situated near the confluence of the Śoṇa and the Ganges, and identified by some with the modern Pātṇā. It is also known by the names of पुष्पपुर, कुसुमपुर; see Mu.2,3, and 4.16, and R.6.24 also; तदिदं दिव्यं नगरं मायारचितं सपौरमत एव । नाम्ना पाटलिपुत्रं क्षेत्रं लक्ष्मीसरस्वत्योः Ks.3.78. अस्ति भागीरथीतीरे पाटलिपुत्रं नाम नगरम् H.
pādākulakam पादाकुलकम् N. of a metre; यदतीतकृतविविधलक्ष्मयुतैर्मात्रा- समदिपादैः कलितम् । अनियतवृत्तपरिमाणसहितं प्रथितं जगत्सु पादा- कुलमम् ॥ Vṛittaratnākara.
pṛthula पृथुल a. Broad, large, wide; श्रोणिषु प्रियकरः पृथुलासु स्पर्शमाप सकलेन तलेन Śi.1.65; बिम्बाधरं पृथुलमौक्तिकशोभिनासम् (प्रातः स्मरामि) Lalitapañcharatnam 1.
pramadā प्रमदा 1 A young handsome woman; अतः समीपे परिणेतुरिष्यते तदप्रियापि प्रमदा स्वबन्धुभिः Ś.5.17. -2 A wife or woman in general; असति त्वयि वारुणीमदः प्रमदानामधुना विडम्बना Ku.4.12; R.8.72. -3 The sign virgo of the zodiac. -4 N. of a metre; नजसजला गुरुश्च भवति प्रमदा; V. Ratna. -Comp. -काननम्, -वनम् a pleasure garden attached to the royal harem (for the use of the wives of a king). -जनः 1 a young woman. -2 womankind.
pravara प्रवर a. 1 Chief, principal, most excellent or distinguished, best, exalted; भीष्मः कुरूणां प्रवरः Mb. 3.85.116; संकेतके चिरयति प्रवरो विनोदः MK.3.3; Ms. 1.27; Ghaṭ.16. -2 Eldest. -रः A call, summons. -2 A particular invocation addressed to Agni by a Brāhmaṇa at the consecration of his fire. -3 A line of ancestors. -4 A race, family, lineage. -5 An ancestor. -6 A Muni or noble ancestor who contributes to the credit of a particular gotra or family; said to be the friend of Indra; पुरश्चकार प्रवरं वरं यमायन् सखायं ददर्श तया सः N.14.62; cf. पञ्च˚, त्रि˚. -7 Offspring, descendants. -8 A cover, covering. -9 An upper garment. -1 One of the 42 Gotras. -रा N. of a river falling into the Godāvarī. -रम् 1 Aloe-wood -2 A particular high number; Buddh. -Comp. -कल्याण a. eminently beautiful. -जनः a person of quality. -धातुः precious metal. -ललितम् N. of a metre with each line of sixteen syllables; V. Ratna. See appendix. -वाहनौ (du.) an epithet of the two Aśvins.
pravṛttakam प्रवृत्तकम् 1 Entrance on the stage. -2 N. of a Mātrā-metre; यदा समावोजयुग्मकौ पूर्य्ययौ भवति तत् प्रवृत्तकम् V. Ratna.
praharaṇakalikā प्रहरणकलिका f. N. of a metre with each quarter of fourteen syllables; ननभनलघुगैः प्रहरणकलिका V. Ratna.
praharṣaṇam प्रहर्षणम् 1 Enrapturing, making extremely glad. -2 The attainment of a desired object. -णः The planet Mercury. प्रहर्ष praharṣa (र्षि rṣi) णी ṇī प्रहर्ष (र्षि) णी 1 Turmeric. -2 N. of a metre; see App. म्नो ज्रौ गस्त्रिदशयतिः प्रहर्षणीयम् V. Ratna.
prā प्रा f. Matted hair; Nigh. Ratna.
bastiḥ बस्तिः f. (q. v. वस्तिः) The abdomen, the lower belly; 'मूत्राशयपुटो बस्तिः' Ratnamālā; स्वर्णभ्रुवं वारणबस्तिकोशम् (राजसुतम्) Bu. Ch.1.66; अकूपारो बस्तिश्चरणमपि पातालमिति वै Viṣṇumahimna 23.
billam बिल्लम् 1 A pit. -2 Particularly, a basin for water round the foot of a tree (आलवाल). -3 The plant Asa Foetida. -Comp. -सूः a mother of ten children; बिल्लसू- र्दशपुत्रा स्यात् Śabdaratnākara.
bhadra भद्र a. [भन्द्-रक् नि˚ नलोपः Uṇ.2.28] 1 Good, happy, prosperous. -2 Auspicious, blessed; as in भद्रमुख. -3 Foremost, best, chief; पप्रच्छ भद्रं विजितारिभद्रः R.14. 31. -4 Favourable, propitious; भद्रं कर्णेभिः शृणुयाम देवा भद्रं पश्येमाक्षभिर्यजत्राः Ṛv.1.89.8. -5 Kind, gracious, excellent, friendly, good; often used in voc. sing. in the sense of 'my good sir', or 'my good friend', 'my good lady', 'my dear madam'. -6 Pleasant, enjoyable, lovely, beautiful; न तु कृच्छ्रादपि भद्रं निजकान्तं सा भजत्येव Pt.1.181. -7 Laudable, desirable, praiseworthy. -8 Beloved, dear. -9 Specious, plausible, hypocritical. -1 Skilful, expert; भद्रो$स्मि नृत्ये कुशलो$स्मि गीते Mb.4. 11.8. -द्रम् 1 Happiness, good fortune, welfare, blessing, prosperity; भद्रं भद्रं वितर भगवन् भूयसे मङ्गलाय Māl.1.3; 6.7; त्वयि वितरतु भद्रं भूयसे मङ्गलाय U.3.48; oft. used in pl. in this sense; सर्वो भद्राणि पश्यतु; भद्रं ते 'god bless you', 'prosperity to you'. -2 Gold. -3 A fragrant grass. -4 Iron, steel. -5 The seventh Karaṇa. -द्रः1 A bullock. -2 A species of wag-tail. -3 A term applied to a particular kind of elephants. -4 An impostor, a hypocrite; Ms.9.258. -5 N. of Śiva. -6 An epithet of mount Meru. -7 The Devadāru tree. -8 A kind of Kadamba. (भद्राकृ means 'to shave'; भद्राकरणम् shaving). -Comp. -अङ्गः an epithet of Balarāma. -अश्वः N. of a Dvīpa. -आकार, -आकृति a. of auspicious features. -आत्मजः a sword. -आश्रयः the sandal tree. -आसनम् 1 a chair of state, splendid seat, a throne. -2 a particular posture in meditation. -ईशः an epithet of Śiva. -एला large cardamoms. -कपिलः an epithet of Śiva. -कल्पः N. of the present age; Buddh. -कान्तः a beautiful lover or husband. -कारक a. propitious. -काली N. of Durgā; जयन्ती मङ्गला काली भद्रकाली कपालिनी Durgāpūjāmantra; भद्रकाल्यै पुरुषपशु- मालभतापत्यकामः Bhāg.5.9.12. -काष्ठम् the tree called Devadāru. -कुम्भः a golden jar filled with water from a holy place, particularly from the Ganges (esp. used at the consecration of a king). -गणितम् The construction of magical diagrams. -गौरः N. of a mountain; Mark. P. -घटः, -घटकः a vessel from which a lottery is drawn -दारु m., n. a sort of pine. -नामन् m. 1 a wag-tail. -2 the wood-pecker. -निधिः certain vessels of copper etc. fashioned for gifts; एवं तु तं भद्रनिधिं सुविद्वान् कृत्वासने प्रावरणोपयुक्ते Vāman P. -नृपतिः a gracious king. -पीठम् 1 a splendid seat, chair of state, throne; औदुम्बरं भद्रपीठमभिषेकार्थमाहृतम् Rām.2.14.34; उपतस्थुः प्रकृतयो भद्रपीठोपवेशितम् R.17.1. -2 a kind of winged insect. -बलनः an epithet of Balarāma. -मुख a. 'of an auspicious face', used as a polite address, 'good sir', 'gentle sir'; Ś.7; ततो भद्रमुखात्राहं स्थास्ये स्थाणु- रिवाचलः Mark. P. (-खी) good lady; V.2. -मुस्तकः (-मुस्ता) Cyperus Rotunda (Mar. नागरमोथा). -मृगः an epithet of a particular kind of elephant. -रेणुः N. of Indra's elephant. -वर्मन् m. a kind of jasmine. -वाच् f. a kind or friendly speech. -विराज् N. of a metre; ओजे तपरौ जरौ गुरुश्चेन् म्सौ जूगौ भद्रविराट् V. Ratna. -शाखः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -श्रयम्, -श्रियम् sandalwood. -श्रीः f. the sandal tree. -सोमा an epithet of the Ganges.
bhadraka भद्रक a. (-द्रिका f.) 1 Good, auspicious. -2 Handsome, beautiful. -3 Virtuous (सज्जन); विकर्मक्रियया नित्यं बाधन्ते भद्रिकाः प्रजाः Ms.9.226. -कः 1 The Devadāru tree. -2 A kind of bean; शालिवाहसहस्रं च द्वं शते भद्रकांस्तथा Rām.2.32.2. -कम् 1 N. of a metre of 22 syllables; भ्रौ नरनारनावथ गुरुर्दिगर्कविरसं हि भद्रकमिदम् V. Ratna. -2 Cyperus Rotunda (Mar. नागरमोथा). -3 A particular posture in sitting. -4 A particular mystic sign. -5 A harem.
bhujaṅgaḥ भुजङ्गः [भुजः सन् गच्छति गम्-खच् मुम् डिच्च] 1 A serpent, snake; भुजङ्गमपि कोपितं शिरसि पुष्पवद्धारयेत् Bh.2.4. -2 A paramour, gallant; अभूमिरेषा भुजङ्गभङ्गिभाषितानाम् K.196. -3 A husband or lord in general. -4 A catamite. -5 The dissolute friend of a king. -6 The constellation आश्लेषा. -7 The number 'eight'. -गी A serpent nymph. -Comp. -इन्द्रः an epithet of Śeṣa, the lord of snakes. -ईशः an epithet of 1 Vāsuki. -2 of Śeṣa. -3 of Patañjali. -4 of the sage Piṅgala. -कन्या a young female snake. -प्रयातम् N. of a metre having each quarter of twelve syllables; भुजङ्गप्रयातं भवेद् यैश्चतुर्भिः V. Ratna. -भम् the asterism आश्लेषा. -भुज् m. 1 an epithet of 1 Garuḍa. -2 a peacock. -लता betel-pepper (ताम्बूली). -शिशुः a kind of बृहती metre. -संगता N. of a metre. -हन् m. an epithet of Garuḍa; see भुजगान्तक &c.
ma मः 1 Time. -2 Poison. -3 A magical formula. -4 The moon. -5 N. of Brahman; मकारेणोच्यते ब्रह्मा. -6 Of Viṣṇu. -7 Of Śiva. -8 Of Yama. -9 (In prosody) A syllabic foot (गण) consisting of three long syllables; मो भूमिस्त्रिगुरु श्रियं दिशति यः V. Ratna. -1 N. of the fifth (मध्यम) note in music. -मम् 1 Water. -2 Happiness, welfare.
mañju मञ्जु a. [मञ्ज्-उन्] 1 Lovely, beautiful, charming, sweet, pleasing, agreeable, attractive; स्खलदसमञ्जसमञ्जु- जल्पितं ते (स्मरामि) U.4.4; अयि दलदरविन्द स्यन्दमानं मरन्दं तव किमपि लिहन्तो मञ्जु गुञ्जन्तु भृङ्गाः Bv.1.5; तन्मञ्जु मन्दहसितं श्वसितानि तानि 2.5. -Comp. -केशिन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -गति, -गमन a. having a lovely gait. (-ना) 1 a goose. -2 a flamingo. -गर्तः N. of the country called Nepāl. -गिर् a. sweet-voiced; एते मञ्जुगिरः शुकाः Kāv.2.9. -गुञ्जः a charming hum. -घोष a. uttering a sweet sound. (-षः) a dove. -नाशी 1 a handsome woman (?). -2 an epithet of Durgā. -3 of Śachī, wife of Indra. -पाठकः a parrot. -प्राणः an epithet of Brahmā. -भद्रः N. of one of the Jinas. -भाषिन्, -वाच्, वादिन् a. sweet-speaking; (गिरम्) अनुवदति शुकस्ते मञ्जु- वाक् पञ्जरस्थः R.5.74;12.39. -भाषिणी f. N. of a metre; सजसाजगौ भवति मञ्जुभाषिणी V. Ratna. -मणिः m. a topaz (पुष्कराज). -वक्त्र a. having a beautiful face, handsome. -श्रीः N. of a बोधिसत्त्व. -सौरभम् a kind of metre. -स्वन, स्वर a. sweet-sounding.
mañjula मञ्जुल a. [मञ्जु-सिध्मा˚, लच्, मञ्जु-उ लच् वा] Lovely, beautiful, agreeable, charming, sweet, melodious (voice &c.); संप्रति मञ्जुलवञ्जुलसीमनि केलिशयनमनुयातम् Gīt.11; कूजितं राजहंसानां वर्धते मदमञ्जुलम् Kāv.2.334. -लः 1 A kind of gallinule. -लम् 1 An arbour, a bower. -2 A spring, well. -3 The state of being variegated. मञ्जु(ञ्जू)षा, मञ्जु(ञ्जू)षिका [मञ्ज्-ऊषन्] 1 A box, casket, chest, receptacle; मदीयपद्यरत्नानां मञ्जूषैषा मया कृता Bv.4.45; अपारकोषगर्भासु मञ्जूषासु निजैर्नरैः Śiva B.29.56. -2 A large basket, hamper; मञ्जुषा$पि च मञ्जूषा पेटा च पेटिकेत्यपि Śabdaratnāvalī. -3 Madder (= मञ्जिष्ठा). -4 A stone.
maṇiḥ मणिः [मण्-इन् स्त्रीत्वपक्षे वा ङीप्] (Said to be f. also, but rarely used) 1 A jewel, gem, precious stone; मणिर्लुठति पादेषु काचः शिरसि धार्यते । यथैवास्ते तथैवास्तां काचः काचो मणिर्मणिः H.2.68; अलब्धशाणोत्कषणा नृपाणां न जातु मौलौ मणयो वसन्ति Bv.1.73; मणौ वज्रसमुत्कीर्णे सूत्रस्येवास्ति मे गतिः R.1.4;3.18. -2 An ornament in general. -3 Anything best of its kind; cf. रत्न. -4 A magnet, loadstone. -5 The wrist. -6 A water-pot. -7 Clitoris. -8 Glans penis. -9 A crystal; क्वचिन्मणिनिकाशोदाम् (नदीम्) Rām. 2.95.9. -1 The fleshy excrescence on the neck of a goat (also written मणी in these senses). -11 An ingot, a lump (of gold); यथा सोम्यैकेन लोहमणिना सर्वं लोहमयं विज्ञातं स्यात् Ch. Up.6.1.5. -Comp. -इन्द्रः, -राजः a diamond. -कण्ठः the blue jay. -कण्ठकः a cock. -कर्णिका, -कर्णी N. of a sacred pool in Benares. -काचः the feathered part of an arrow. -काञ्चनयोगः a rare combination of mutually worthy things. -काननम् the neck. -कारः a lapidary, jeweller; मणिकाराश्च ये केचित् Rām.2.83.12. -गुणः a quality of gems; षडश्रश्चतुरश्रो वृत्तो वा, तीव्ररागसंश्थानवानच्छः स्निग्धो गुरुरर्चिष्मानन्तर्गतप्रभः प्रभानु- लेपी चेति मणिगुणाः Kau. A.2.11.29. -ग्रीवः a son of Kubera. -तारकः the crane or Sārasa bird. -तुण्डः a striped hyena; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -तुलाकोटिः a foot ornament consisting of jewels. -दण्ड a. having a handle adorned with jewels. -दर्पणः a jewelled mirror. -दीपः 1 a lamp having jewels; मणिदीपप्रकाशितं ...... पश्येदं रङ्गमन्दिरम् -2 a jewel serving as a lamp. -दोषः a flaw or defect in a jewel. -द्वीपः 1 the hood of the serpent Ananta. -2 N. of a fabulous island in the ocean of nectar; सुधासिन्धोर्मध्ये सुरविटपिवाटीपरिसरे । मणिद्वीपे नीपोपवनवति चिन्तामणिगृहे Saundaryalaharī. -धनुः m., -धनुस् n. a rainbow. -पाली a female keeper of jewels. -पुष्पकः N. of the conchshell of Sahadeva; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणिपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16. -पूरः 1 the navel, -2 a kind of bodice richly adorned with jewels. (-रम्) 1 N. of a town in Kaliṅga. -2 the pit of the stomach, or a mystical circle on the navel (also मणि- पूरक); तदूर्ध्वे नाभिदेशे तु मणिपूरं महाप्रभम् । ...... मणिवद् भिन्नं तत्पद्मं मणिपूरं तथोच्यते Yogagrantha. ˚पतिः an epithet of Babhruvāhana. -प्रवेकः a most excellent jewel. -प्रभा N. of a metre. -बन्धः 1 the wrist; रक्षाकरण्डकमस्य मणिबन्धे न दृश्यते Ś.7. -2 the fastening of jewels; R.12.12; मणिबन्धैर्निगूढैश्च सुश्लिष्टशुभसन्धिभिः Garuḍa P. -3 a kind of metre. -बन्धनम् 1 fastening on of jewels, a string or ornament of pearls. -2 that part of a ring or bracelet where the jewels are set; collet; Ś.6. -3 the wrist; ...... मणिबन्धनात् कनकवलयं स्रस्तं स्रस्तं मया प्रतिसार्यते Ś.3.13. -बीजः, -वीजः the pomegranate tree. -भावरः an Indian crane; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -भित्तिः f. N. of the palace of Śesa. -भूः f. a floor set with jewels. -भूमिः f. 1 a mine of jewels. -2 a jewelled floor, floor inlaid with jewels. -मण्डपः 1 N. of the residence of Śeṣa. -2 a crystal hall. -मन्तकम् a variety of diamonds; Kau. A.2.11.29. -मन्थम् rock-salt; क्वणन्मणिमन्थभूधर भवशिला- लेहायेहाचणो लवणस्यति N.19.18. -माला 1 a string or necklace of jewels. -2 lustre, splendour, beauty. -3 a circular impression left by a bite (in amorous sports). -4 N. of Lakṣmī. -5 N. of a metre. -मेखल a. girdled with gems. -यष्टिः m., f. a jewelled stick, a string of jewels. -रत्नम् a jewel, gem. -रागः the colour of jewels. (-गम्) vermilion. -विग्रह a. jewelled; काञ्चनीं मणिविग्रहाम् Rām.6.128.75. -विशेषः an excellent jewel. -शिला a jewelled slab. -सरः a necklace; मणिसरममलं तारकपटलं नखदशशशिभूषिते Gīt. -शृङ्गः the god of the sun. -सूत्रम् a string of pearls. -सोपानम् a jewelled staircase. -स्तम्भः a pillar inlaid with jewels. -हर्म्यम् a jewelled or crystal palace.
matta मत्त p. p. [मद्-क्त] 1 Intoxicated, drunk, inebriated (fig. also); Ms.11.96; मत्तं प्रमत्तमुन्मत्तं ...... न रिपुं हन्ति धर्मवित् Bhāg.1.7.36; ज्योत्स्नापानमदालसेन वपुषा मत्ताश्चकोरा- ङ्गनाः Vb.1.11; प्रभामत्तश्चन्द्रो जगदिदमहो विभ्रमयति K. P.1; so ऐश्वर्य˚, धन˚, बल˚ &c. -2 Mad, insane. -3 In rut, furious (as an elephant); जयश्रीरन्तरा वेदिर्मत्तवारणयोरिव R.12.93. -4 Proud, arrogant. -5 Delighted, overjoyed, excited with joy. -6 Amorous, sportive, wanton. -7 Excited by sexual desire. -त्तः 1 A drunkard. -2 A mad man. -3 An elephant in rut. -4 A cuckoo. -5 A buffalo. -6 The thorn-apple or Dhattūra plant. -त्ता Spirituous or vinous liquor. -Comp. -आक्रीडा N. of a metre; मत्ताक्रीडा म्नौ त्नौ नौ नल्गिति भवति वसुशरदशयनियुता V. Ratna. -आम्लवः a fence round a large building (as of a rich man). -इभः an elephant in rut. ˚गमना a woman having the gait of an elephant in rut, e. g. with a lounging gait. ˚विक्रीडितम् N. of a metre; सभरा न्मौ यलगास्त्रयोदशयतिर्मत्ते भविक्रीडितम् V. Ratna. -काशि(सि)नी a handsome and very fascinating woman; दर्शितो$सौ चित्रपटस्तस्यै मत्तकाशिन्यै Dk.2.3. -कीशः an elephant. -गामिनी = 1 मत्तेभगमना above. -2 a bewitching or wanton woman. -दन्तिन् m., -नागः an elephant in rut. -पालकः a drunken wretch; दास्याः पुत्र मत्तपालक कुतो$त्र नवमालिका Nāg.3. -मयूरः a wild or amorous peacock. (-रम्) a kind of metre; वेदैरन्ध्रैर्मत्तौ यसगा मत्तमयूरम् V. Ratna. -वारणः an elephant in rut; R.12.93. (-णः, -णम्) 1 a fence round a large building or mansion. -2 a turret or small room on the top of a large building. -3 a veranda. -4 a pavilion. -5 a peg or bracket. -6 a bed-stead. (-णम्) pounded betel-nuts.
madana मदन a. (-नी f.) [माद्यति अनेन, मद्-करणे ल्युट्] 1 Intoxicating, maddening. -2 Delighting, exhilarating. -नः 1 The god of love, Cupid; व्यापाररोधि मदनस्य निषेवितव्यम् Ś.1.27; हतमपि निहन्त्येव मदनः Bh.3.18. -2 Love, passion, sexual love, lust; विनयवारितवृत्तिरतस्तया न विवृतो मदनो न च संवृतः Ś.2.11; सतन्त्रिगीतं मदनस्य दीपकम् Ṛs.1.3; R.5.63; so मदनातुर, मदनपीडित &c. -3 The spring season. -4 A bee. -5 Bees'-wax. -6 A kind of embrace. -7 The Dhattūra plant. -8 The Khadira tree. -9 The Bakula tree. -1 N. of the 7th mansion (in astrol.). -11 A kind of measure (in music). -ना, -नी 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 Musk. -3 The atimukta creeper. (नी only in these two senses). -नम् 1 Intoxicating. -2 Gladdening, delighting. -Comp. -अग्रकः a species of grain (कोद्रव). -अङ्कुशः 1 the penis. -2 a finger-nail, or a wound inflicted by it in cohabitation. -अत्ययः excess of intoxication; मद्येन खलु जायन्ते मदात्ययमुखा गदाः Bhāva. P. -अन्तकः, -अरिः, -दमनः, -दहनः, -नाशनः, -रिपुः epithets of Śiva. -अवस्थ a. in love, enamoured. -आतपत्रम् the vulva. -आतुर, -आर्त, -क्लिष्ट, -पीडित a. afflicted by love, smit with love, love-sick; रावणावरजा तत्र राघवं मदनातुरा (अभिपेदे) R.12.32; Ś.3.13. -आयुधम् 1 pudendum muliebre. -2 'Cupid's missle', said of a very lovely woman. -आलयः, -यम् 1 pudendum muliebre. -2 a lotus. -3 a king. -आशयः sexual desire. -इच्छाफलम् a kind of mango. -उत्सवः the vernal festival celebrated in honour of Cupid. (-वा) an apsaras. -उत्सुक a. pining or languid with love. -उद्यानम् 'a pleasure-garden', N. of a garden. -कण्टकः 1 erection of hair caused by the feeling of love. -2 N. of a tree. -कलहः 'love's quarrel', sexual union; ˚छेद- सुलभाम् Mal.2.12. -काकुरवः a dove or pigeon. -गृहम् pudendum muliebre. -गोपालः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -चतुर्दशी the fourteenth day in the bright half of Chaitra, or the festival celebrated on that day in honour of Cupid. -तन्त्रम् the science of sexual love. -त्रयोदशी the thirteenth day in the bright half of Chaitra, or the festival celebrated on that day in honour of Cupid. -द्वादशी a festival in honour of Cupid on the 12th day of the bright half of Chaitra. -ध्वजा the पौर्णिमा day of Chaitra month. -नालिका a faithless wife. -पक्षिन् m. the Khañjana bird. -पाठकः the cuckoo. -पीडा, -बाधा pangs or torments of love. -महः, -महोत्सवः a festival celebrated in honour of Cupid; मदनमहोत्सवाय रसिकमनांसि समुल्लासयन् Dk.2.5. -मोहनः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -रसः poison; मदनरस- योगेनातिसन्धाय अपहरेत् Kau. A.1.15. -ललितम् amorous sport or dalliance. -ललिता N. of a metre; वेदाङ्गाङ्गैर्मदन- ललिता मो भो नमलसाः V. Ratna. (com.). -लेखः a loveletter. -वश a. influenced by love, enamoured. -विनोदः N. of a medical vocabulary attributed to मदनपाल. -शलाका 1 the female of the cuckoo. -2 an aphrodisiac. -3 the female parrot (also मदनसारिका). -संदेशः a message of love.
madirā मदिरा 1 Spirituous liquor; काङ्क्षत्यन्यो वदनमदिरां दोहद- च्छद्मनास्याः Me.8 (v. l.); Śi.11.49. -2 A kind of wagtail. -3 N. of Durgā. -4 N of a metre; सप्तभकारकृताबसितौ च गुरुः कविभिः कथिता मदिरा V. Ratna. (com.). -Comp. -उत्कट, -उन्मत्त a. intoxicated with spirituous liquor. -गृहम्, -शाला an ale-house, dram-house, a tavern. -मदान्ध a. dead drunk. -सखः the mango tree.
madhuka मधुक a. 1 Sweet. -2 Sweet-speaking, melodious. -3 Of the colour of honey. -कः 1 N. of a tree (= मधूक q. v.). -2 The Aśoka tree. -3 A kind of bird. -4 The liquorice root. -कम् 1 Tin. -2 Liquorice. -3 The palmliquor. -Comp. -आश्रयम् wax; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.
mahā महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note : The number of compounds of which महा is the first member is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.) -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives. -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky. -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel. -2 a kind of rat. -3 N. of Śiva. -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain. -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity. -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead. -अध्वरः a great sacrifice. -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage. -2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2. -अनिलः a whirlwind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59. -अनुभाव a. 1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3. -2 virtuous, righteous, just. (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person. -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century. -अन्तकः 1 death. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness. -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance. -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country. -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent. -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma. -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king). -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva. -अम्बुजम् a billion. -अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest. -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail. -अर्घ्य a. 1 valuable, precious. -2 invaluable; inestimable; see महार्ह below. -अर्चिस् a. flaming high. -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean. -2 N. of Śiva. -अर्थ a. 1 rich. -2 great, noble, dignified. -3 important, weighty. -4 significant. -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions. -अर्ह a. 1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12. -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood. -अवरोहः the fig-tree. -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56. -अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4. -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता ...... -असिः a large sword. -असुरी N. of Durgā. -अह्नः the afternoon. -आकार a. extensive, large, great. -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree. -आत्मन् a. 1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63. -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4. -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.) 1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54. -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्). -आनकः a kind of large drum. -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss. -2 especially, the great bliss of final beatitude. (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor. -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha. -आपगा a great river. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize. -आलयः 1 a temple in general. -2 a sanctuary, an asylum. -3 a great dwelling. -4 a place of pilgrimage. -5 the world of Brahman. -6 the Supreme Spirit. -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity. -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight. -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādrapada. (-या) N. of a particular deity. -आशय a. highsouled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्. (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7. -2 the ocean. -आस्पद a. 1 occupying a great position. -2 mighty, powerful. -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight. -इच्छ a. 1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33. -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां ...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37. -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7. -2 a chief or leader in general. -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52. -इभ्य a. very rich. -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16. -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4. -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree. -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī. -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति). -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55. (-री) 1 N. of Durgā. -2 a kind of bell-metal. -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63. -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird. -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the god of love. -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि ...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं ...... Mb.3.91.2. (-हः) 1 perseverance. -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38. -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17. -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conchshell, shell. -उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity. (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence. -2 final beatitude. -3 a lord, master. -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App. -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja. -6 sour milk mixed with honey. -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या). -उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent. -(रम्) 1 a big belly. -2 dropsy. -उदार a. 1 very generous or magnanimous. -2 mighty, powerful. -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते. -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hardworking. -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs). -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree. -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank. -उपकारः a great obligation. -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher. -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98. -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva. -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17. -उल्का 1 a great meteor. -2 a great fire-brand. -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacrificial priests. -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence. -ऋषभः a great bull. -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage'). -2 N. of Sacute;iva. -3 of Buddha. -ओघ a. having a strong current. -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37. -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva. -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour. -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी). -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -ओषधिः f. 1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug. -2 the Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं... . -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea. -2 ginger. -3 garlic. -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ). -कच्छः 1 the sea. -2 N. of Varuṇa. -3 a mountain. -कन्दः garlic. -कपर्दः a kind of shell. -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 red garlic. -कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva. -कर a. 1 large-handed. -2 having a large revenue. -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -कला the night of the new moon. -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69. -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c. -2 an epithet of Śukra. -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ). -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth. -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky. (-यः) 1 an elephant. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि). -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate. -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika. -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram. -2 N. of a celebrated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -4 N. of a kind of gourd. -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29. -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form. -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas). -कीर्तनम् a house. -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent. -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent. -कुहः a species of parasitical worm. -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance. -केतुः N. of Śiva. -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a large sheath. -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46. -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षत्रपः a great satrap. -क्षीरः sugar-cane. -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?). -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्. -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa. -गदः fever. -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandalwood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva. -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी. -गल a. longnecked. -गवः Bos gavaeus. -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue. -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः). -गुल्मा the Soma plant. -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump. -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu. -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6. -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama. -ग्रीवः 1 a camel. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -ग्रीविन् m. a camel. -घूर्णा spirituous liquor. -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes). -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour. -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial. -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch. -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -चपला a kind of metre. -चमूः f. a large army. -छायः the fig-tree. -जङ्घः a camel. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा 1 a great braid of hair. -2 the matted hair of Śiva. -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva. -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25. -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7. -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6. -4 the chief of a caste or trade. -5 a merchant, tradesman. -जवः an antelope. -जातीय a. 1 rather large. -2 of an excellent kind. -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी) -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -ज्ञानिन् m. 1 a very learned man. -2 a great sage. -3 N. of Śiva. -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63. -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -ज्वरः great affliction. -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a sacrificial fire. -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.). -तपस् m. 1 a great ascetic. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल. -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess. -तिक्तः the Nimba tree. -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation. -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the markingnut plant. -तेजस् a. 1 possessed of great lustre or splendour. -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.) 1 a hero, warrior. -2 fire. -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver. -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva. -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger. -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -दण्डः 1 a long arm. -2 a severe punishment. -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva. -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet. -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt. -दूषकः a kind of grain. -देवः N. of Śiva. (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 the chief queen. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple. -धन a. 1 rich. -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13. (-नम्) 1 gold. -2 incense. -3 a costly or rich dress. -4 agriculture, husbandry. -5 anything costly or precious. -6 great booty. -7 a great battle (Ved.). -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 lymph. -4 N. of Meru. -धी a. having a great understanding. -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox. -ध्वजः a camel. -ध्वनिक a. dead. -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh. -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु ...... तनोति ...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās. -नदः a great river. -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1. -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a river. -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता ... . -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells. -नलः a kind of reed. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता. -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D. :-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥ -नाडी sinew, tendon. -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar. -2 a great drum. -3 a thunder-cloud. -4 a shell. -5 an elephant. -6 a lion. -7 the ear. -8 a camel. -9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument. -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda. -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा. -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls. -2 a great head or chief. -नासः an epithet of Śiva. -निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death. -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen. -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists). -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम् -2 an epithet of Durgā. -नीचः a washerman. -नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire. -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva. -नेमिः a crow. -न्यायः the chief rule. -पक्ष a. 1 having many adherents. -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179. (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl. -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre. -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥ -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥ -पटः the skin. -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3. -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death. -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Kedāra. -6 the way to heaven. -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra. -पथिक a. 1 undertaking great journeys. -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः) -पद्मः 1 a particular high number. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world. -5 an epithet of Nanda. -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera. (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus. -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda. -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch. -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon. -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे ... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324. -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58. -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154. -2 any great sin or transgression. -पात्रः a prime minister. -पादः an epithet of Śiva. -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked. -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P. -पुंसः a great man. -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1. -पुष्पः a kind of worm. -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions. -पृष्ठः a camel. -पोटगलः a kind of large reed. -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper. -प्रपञ्चः the great universe. -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp. -प्रभुः 1 a great lord. -2 a king, sovereign. -3 a chief. -4 an epithet of Indra. -5 of Śiva -6 of Viṣṇu. -7 a great saint or holy man. -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inhabitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत ...... Ve.3.4. -प्रश्नः a knotty question. -प्रसादः 1 a great favour. -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death. -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365. -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates. -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्. -3 a raven. -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K. -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit. -प्लवः a great flood, deluge; ... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71. -फल a. 1 bearing much fruit. -2 bringing much reward. (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd. -2 a kind of spear. (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward. -2 a testicle. -फेना the cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet. -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes. -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām (-लः) 1 wind, storm. -2 a Buddha. -3 a solid bamboo. -4 a palm. -5 a crocodile. -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara. -बाध a. causing great pain or damage. -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the heart. -3 a water-jar, pitcher. -4 a hole, cave. -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas. -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva. -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum. -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain). -बुशः barley. -बृहती a kind of metre. -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha. -2 a Buddha. -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa. -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa. -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg. -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā. -भाग a. 1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous. -2 illustrious, distinguished, glorious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192. -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16. -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity. -2 great excellence or merit. -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu. -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous. -भाण्डम् a chief treasury. -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary. -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini. -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू). -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu. -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly. -भुज a. long-armed, powerful. -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6. (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a great creature. -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment. -2 a great coil or hood; great winding. -3 a serpent. (-गा) an epithet of Durgā. -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5. -2 N. of Śiva. -मति a. 1 high-minded. -2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter. -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster. -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. 1 high-minded, nobleminded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7. -2 liberal. -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v. -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas. -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier. -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess. -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi. -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās. -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky). -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor. -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c. -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.). -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha. -मात्र a. 1 great in measure, very great or large. -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37. (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high stateofficial, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1. -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161. -3 a superintendent of elephants. (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister. -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher. -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess. -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6. -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent. -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya. -मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh. -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads. -मालः N. of Śiva. -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva. -मुखः a crocodile. -मुद्रा a particular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga). -मुनिः 1 a great sage. -2 N. of Vyāsa. -3 an epithet of Buddha. -4 of Agastya. -5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.) 1 coriander seed. -2 any medicinal herb or drug. -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion. -मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby. -मृगः 1 any large animal. -2 an elephant, -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ. -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva. -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug. -मृधम् a great battle. -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P. -मेधा an epithet of Durgā. -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā. -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19. -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated. -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares. -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promulgated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान). -याम्यः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men. -योगिन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a cock. -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ. -रक्तम् coral. -रङ्गः a large stage. -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28. -2 the thorn-apple. -रजनम् 1 safflower. -2 gold. -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56. -रथः 1 a great chariot. -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥). -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ. -रवः a frog. -रस a. very savoury. (-सः) 1 a sugarcane. -2 quicksilver. -3 a precious mineral. -4 the fruit of the date tree. -5 any one of the eight substances given below :-दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater. -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184. -2 a respectful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb. -3 a deified Jaina teacher. -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, paramount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree. -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu. -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.). -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign. -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king. -2 N. of Durgā. -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night. -रात्रिः, -त्री f. 1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः. -2 midnight. -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina. -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās. -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34. -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains. -रुज्, -ज a. very painful. -रुद्रः a form of Śiva. -रुरुः a species of antelope. -रूप a. mighty in form. (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 resin. -रूपकम् a kind of drama. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight :-उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥). -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā. -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9. -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्. -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -लयः 1 a great world destruction. -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्). -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva. -लोलः a crow. -लोहम् a magnet. -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century). -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva. -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana. -वरा Dūrvā grass. -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation. -वर्तनम् high wages; -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper. -2 a large creeping plant. -वसः the porpoise. -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa. -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence. -2 any continuous composition or literary work. -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c. -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25. -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावातातैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22. -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant. -वायुः 1 air (as an element). -2 stormy wind, hurricane, tempest. -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras. -विडम् a kind of factitious salt. -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy. -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः ... ॥ -विपुला a kind of metre. -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः. -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva. -विषः a serpent having two mouths. -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries). -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious. -वीचिः N. of a hell. -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior. -2 a lion. -3 the thunderbolt of Indra. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -5 of Garuḍa. -6 of Hanumat. -7 a cuckoo. -8 a white horse. -9 a sacrificial fire. -1 a sacrificial vessel. -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti. -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful. (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub. -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun. -वृषः a great bull. -वेग a. 1 very sw
mālin मालिन् a. [माला अस्त्यस्य इनि] 1 Wearing a garland. -2 (At the end of comp.) Crowned or wreathed with, encircled by; समुद्रमालिनी पृथ्वी; so अंशुमालिन्, मरीचि- मालिन्, ऊर्मिमालिन् &c.; व्यराजतादित्य इवार्चिमाली Rām.5.54. 48; युवतिषु कोमलमाल्यमालिनीषु Śi.7.61. -m. 1 A gardener. -2 A garland-maker, florist. -नी 1 A female florist, the wife of a garland-maker. -2 N. of the city of Champā. -3 A girl seven years old representing Durgā at the Durgā festival. -4 N. of Durgā. -5 The celestial Ganges. -6 N. of a metre; see App. ननमय- ययुतेयं मालिनी भोगिलोकैः V. Ratna. -7 N. of the mother of Bibhīṣaṇa. -8 N. assumed by Draupadī while residing at the Court of Virāṭa. -9 N. of a river; Ś.3.7. -1 (In music) A particular श्रुति.
mṛta मृत p. p. [मृ कर्तरि क्त] 1 Dead, deceased; ये पराधीनतां यातास्ते वै जीवन्ति के मृताः H.2.22. -2 As good as dead, useless, inefficacious; मृतो दरिद्रः पुरुषो मृतं मैथुनमप्रजम् । मृतमश्रोत्रियं श्राद्धं मृतो यज्ञस्त्वदक्षिणः ॥ Pt.2.98. -3 Calcined, reduced; मूर्च्छां गतो मृतो वा निदर्शनं पारदो$त्र रसः Bv.1.82. -तम् 1 Death; मृतेभ्यः प्रमृतं यान्ति दरिद्राः पापकारिणः Mb.12. 181.3. -2 Food obtained by begging, alms; मृतं तु याचितं भैक्षम् Ms.4.5; see अमृतम् (8). -Comp. -अङ्गम् a corpse. -अण्डः the sun. (-ण्डा) a woman whose offspring dies. -अशन a. being of the age 9 to 1 years. -अशौचम् impurity contracted through the death of a relation; see अशौच. -उद्भवः the sea, ocean. -कल्प, -प्राय a. almost dead, insensible. -कान्तकः a jackal; Nighaṇṭa-ratnākara. -गर्भा (a woman) whose foetus dies. -गृहम् a grave. -चेलम् shroud or garment of the dead (worn by Chāṇḍālas). -जीवन a. reviving the dead. -दारः a widower. -नन्दनः a kind of hall with 58 pillars; Vāstuvidyā. -निर्यातकः one who carries dead bodies to the cemetery; अनग्नयश्च ये विप्रा मृतनिर्यातकाश्च ये Mb.13.23.19. -पाः a class of persons of the lowest caste (who watch dead bodies, carry them to the cemetery, collect dead men's clothes, &c.); सप्तजातिशतान्येव मृतपाः संभवन्तु ये Rām.1.59.19. -प्रजा (a woman) whose children are dead. -भावः the state of death. -मत्तः, -मत्तकः a jackal. -वस्त्रभृत् a. wearing a dead man's clothes; Ms.1.35. -वासरः the day of anyone's death. -संस्कारः funeral or obsequial rites. -संजीवन a. reviving the dead. (-नम्, -नी) the revival of a dead person. (-नी) a charm for reviving the dead. -सूतकम् bringing forth a still-born child. (-कः) a particular preparation of quicksilver. -स्नानम् ablution after a death or funeral. -हारः, -हारिन् a carrier of the dead.
yatinī यतिनी A widow; विधवा ...... विश्वस्ता यतिनी यतिः Śabdaratnāvali.
yoṣā योषा योषित् f., -योषिता [Uṇ.1.97] A woman, a girl, young woman in general; गच्छन्तीनां रमणवसतिं योषितां तत्र नक्तम् Me.39; Śi.4.42;8.25; योषा योषित् योषिता च जोषा जोषिच्च जोषिता Śabdaratnāvalī. -Comp. -ग्राहः (योषिद्ग्राहः) one who takes the wife of deceased man. -प्रिया turmeric. -रत्नम् an excellent woman.
ratnam रत्नम् [रमते$त्र रम्-न तान्तादेशः Uṇ.3.14] 1 A gem, jewel, a precious stone; किं रत्नमच्छा मतिः Bv.1.86; न रत्नमन्विष्यति मृग्यते हि तत् Ku.5.45. (The ratnas are said to be either five, nine or fourteen; see the words पञ्चरत्न, नवरत्न, and चतुर्दशरत्न respectively.) -2 Anything valuable or precious, any dear treasure. -3 Anything best or excellent of its kind; (mostly at the end of comp.); जातौ जातौ यदुत्कृष्टं तद् रत्नमभिधीयते Malli; कन्यारत्नमयोनिजन्म भवतामास्ते वयं चार्थिनः Mv.1.3; अग्रेसरीभवतु काञ्चनचक्ररत्नम् Nāg.5.37; so पुत्र˚, स्त्री˚ V.4.25; अपत्य˚ &c. -4 A magnet. -5 Water. -Comp. -अङ्कः N. of Viṣṇu's car. -अङ्गः coral. -अचलः, -रोहणः legendary mountain located in Ceylon and supposed to produce jewels at the rumbling of clouds for the benefit of all comers; श्रेणीवर्जनदुर्यशोनिबिडितव्रीडस्तु रत्नाचलः N.12.67. -अधिपतिः a superintendent of precious stones. -अतुविद्ध a. set or studded with jewels. -आकरः 1 a mine of jewels. -2 the ocean; रत्नेषु लुप्तेषु बहुष्वमर्त्यैरद्यापि रत्नाकर एव सिन्धुः Vikr. 1.12; रत्नाकरं वीक्ष्य R.13.1. -आभरणम् an ornament of jewels. -आलोकः the lustre of a gem. -आवली 1 a necklace of jewels. -2 N. of a Nāṭikā attributed to Śrīharṣa. -कन्दलः coral. -करः N. of Kubera. -कर्णिका an ear-ring with jewels. -कुम्भः a jar set with jewels. -कूटः N. of a mountain. -खचित a. set or studded with gems. -गर्भः 1 Kubera. -2 the sea. (-र्भा) the earth. -च्छाया splendour of jewels. -त्रयम् 1 (with Buddhists) बुद्ध, धर्म and संघ. -2 (with Jainas) सम्यग् दर्शन, सम्यग् ज्ञान and सम्यक् चारित्र. -दर्पणः a mirror studded with jewels. -दीपः, -प्रदीपः 1 a jewel-lamp. -2 a gem serving as a lamp; अर्चिस्तुङ्गानभिमुखमपि प्राप्य रत्नप्रदीपान् Me.7. -धेनुः a cow symbolically represented by jewels. -नखः a poniard with its hilt set with jewels; कटितटनिविष्टरत्ननखः Dk.2.1. -नाभः N. of Viṣṇu. -नायकः a ruby. -निधिः 1 the ocean. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 of Meru. -4 a wag-tail. -पञ्चकम् the 5 jewels (viz. gold, silver, pearls, the राजावर्त diamond and coral). -पारायणम् the sheet-anchor of all jewels; रत्नपारायणं नाम्ना लङ्केति मम मैथिलि Bk.5.89. -प्रभा the earth. -माला a jewel-necklace. -मुख्यम् a diamond. -राज् m. a ruby. -राशिः 1 a heap of gems. -2 the ocean. -वरम् gold. -वर्षुकम् the Puṣpaka car. -षष्ठी a vow or fast to be observed on the 6th day of a particular fortnight; it is a ग्रीष्मव्रत; अहं खलु रत्नषष्ठीमुपोवितासम् Mk.3. -सानुः N. of the mountain Meru. -स् a. producing jewels; न मामवति सद्वीपा रत्नसूरपि मेदिनी R.1.65. -सूः, -सूतिः f. the earth.
vaśanā वशना A neck-ornament of ladies; सारसनं सारशनं वसना वशना तथा Śabdaratnāvalī.
vivāraḥ विवारः 1 Opening, expansion. -2 Expansion of the throat in the articulation of letters, (one of the Ābhyantara Prayatnas, opp. संवार); cf. विवृतमूष्मणां स्वराणां च Sk. on P.I.1.9.
Macdonell Vedic Search
3 results
pratna pra-tná, a. ancient, iv. 50, 1 [prá before]. [241]
ratna rá-tna, n. gift, treasure, i. 35, 8 [rā give].
ratnadhā ratna-dhá̄, a. (Tp.) bestowing treasure, i. 1, 1.
Macdonell Search
36 results
ajina n. hide; leathern purse; -ratna, n. treasure of a (=magic) purse.
atiraktatā f. excessive liking for (lc.); -ratita, n. violent shrieking; -ratna, n. precious gem; jewel of the first water; -ratha, m. great champion; -rabhasa, a. very wild, -impetuous; -m, ad.; -ramanîya, fp. extremely charming: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -ramya, fp. id.; -raya, a. running extremely fast; -rasa, a. very palatable; m. too strong a key-note (rh.); violent desire: -tas, ad. too eagerly.
apratimukta pp. not given leave; -yatna-pûrva, a. not artificially produced.
kṛtapada a. having found a foot ing; -punya, a. happy; -pûrva, a. done be fore: -nâsana, n. non-recognition of previous benefits, ingratitude; -pûrvin, a. having done something (ac.) before; -pragña, a. wise; -pratikrita, n. attack and resistance; -pra yatna, a. well cared for; -prayogana, a. having attained his object; -buddhi, a. whose mind is matured, discriminating; resolved (to, d. or inf.); -bhûmi, f. spot prepared for the purpose; -mati, a. having made up his mind; -manda-pada-nyâsa, a. stepping slowly and using few words; -mandâra, m. N.; -mâr ga, a. made accessible, pervious; -mûla, a. firmly rooted, having gained firm footing; -mauna, a. observing silence: -tva, n. abst. n.
carmapaṭṭa m. strap; -bandha, m. leather strap; -bhastrikâ, f. leather pouch; -maya, a. (î) leathern; -ratna, n. (treasure of a=) magic purse: -bhastrikâ, f. id.
cūḍākaraṇa n. ceremony of ton sure; -karna, m. N. of a beggar; -karman, n. ceremony of tonsure; -pâsa, m. thick locks on the crown; -mani, m. crest-jewel; --°ree;, jewel or pearl among; N.; T. of various works; -ratna, n. crest-jewel.
nānā ad. variously, in different places, separately; often, esp. °ree;--, used like an adjec tive, different, various, manifold; -½âkâra, a. various, sundrv; -gati, m. wind; -tva, n. dif ference; manifoldness; -digdesa, m.: ab. sg. from various quarters, from all parts of the world; -devatya, a. addressed to various gods; -desa, m. sg. various regions; -desîya, -desya, a. pl. belonging to various lands; -dhâtu-sata,n. pl. hundreds of various minerals; -dhâtu-samâkîrna, pp. filled with various minerals; -pakshi-gana½âkîrna, pp. filled with flocks of various birds; -pakshi nishevita, pp. frequented by various birds; -mantra½ogha-siddhi-mat, a. possessed of a number of efficacious spells; -mriga-gana, m. pl. flocks of various animals; -rasa, a. having various sentiments (drama); -rûpa, a. hete rogeneous; -½argha-mahâratna-maya, a. consisting of various priceless precious stones; -½artha, a. having different meanings; con taining something different; N. word with several meanings; new sentence; -varna½â kriti, a. of various colours and shapes; -vi dha, a.various, manifold; -strî, f. pl. women of different castes.
niḥsaṃśaya a. undoubted, cer tain; undoubting, sure: -m, ad. certainly, undoubtedly; -samsayita, pp. unquestioned, sure, safe; -samskâra, a. unrefined, ill-man nered: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -sa&ndot;khya, a. in numerable; -sa&ndot;ga, a. unattached; indif ferent to (lc.), disinterested, free from all de sires: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -sakiva, a. lacking a minister; -samkâra, a. not going out, not leaving the house; -samgña, a. un conscious; -sattva, a. devoid of reality; wanting in courage or firmness; weak, wretched; deprived of living beings: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -satya, a. untrue, lying: -tâ, f. untruthfulness, mendacity, insincerity; -sam tati, a. destitute of offspring; -samdigdha, pp. not doubtful, certain: -m, ad. undoubtedly, certainly; -samdeha, a. id.; -samdhi, a. lacking a joining or interstice; close, firm (embrace); -sapatna, a.having no rival; uncontested; unrivalled: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -sambâdha, a. uncrowded; -sambhrama, a. unperplexed (about, inf.); -sarana, n. going out; exit; expedient against (ab. or --°ree;); -sarani, a. pathless; -sarpa, a.free from serpents; -salila, a. waterless; -saha, a. powerless; fainting: °ree;--, ad. in a faint; -sahâya, a. companionless, helpless.
nūtana a. new; young; fresh; youth ful (age); recent; present; novel, strange; -tna, a. id.; future.
nīla a. swarthy, black; esp. dark blue; m. sapphire; Indian fig-tree; N.; n. indigo; -kantha, a. blue-necked; m. peacock; ep. of Siva; N., esp. of a commentator on the Mahâ bhârata; -giri, m. Blue Mountain, N. of a mountain-range (Nîlgiri); -gâ, f. ep. of the river Vitastâ; -tâ, f. blueness; dark-blue colour; -nikolin, a. wearing a dark cloak; -nîraga, n. blue lotus; -pakshman, n. fea thered with black eyelashes; -pata, m. dark garment; -patala, n. dark film (on a blind eye); -pura, n. N. of a town; -purâna, n. T. of a Purâna; -bhânda-svâmin, m. indigo vat proprietor; -bhû, f. N. of a river; -mani, m. sapphire; -ratna, n. id.; -râgi,f. dark streak, darkness; -lohitá, a. dark-blue and red, dark red; -vat, a. blackish, dark; -varna, a. blue-coloured: -srigâla vat, ad. like the blue jackal; -vasana, n. blue cloth; -vrisha, m. dark-coloured bull; -sam dhâna-bhânda, n. vat for preparing indigo; -saroruha, n. blue lotus; -½amsuka, n. blue garment; -½a&ndot;ga, a. dark-bodied; -½abga, n. blue lotus; -abhra-samvrita, pp. obscured by dark clouds; -½ambhoga, n. blue lotus.
pāṭaliputra n. N. of the capital of Magadha or Behar, the Palibothra of the Greeks, near the modern Patna at the old confluence of the Sone and Ganges; m. pl. the inhabitants of Pâtaliputra: -ka, n. id., -nâmadheya, a. named Pâtaliputra.
pracaya m. [√ ki] picking, gathering; accumulation, collection, quantity, multitude; -kayana, n. collecting; -kaya-svara, m. accumulated tone (i. e. tone occurring in a series of syllables), tone of the unaccented syllables following a Svarita; -karana, n. setting to work: &isharp;, f. kind of supplementary wooden ladle (rit.); -karanîya, fp. being in actual use (Br., S.); -karitavya, fp. n. imps. one should set to work;-kala, a. moving, tremulous, shaking; -kalana, n trembling, swaying; fleeing; -kalâyita, (den. pp.), n. nodding while asleep (âsîna-, -in a sitting posture); -kalita, pp. set out, departed, etc.; -kâra, m. walking about, ranging; going in pursuit of (--°ree;); showing oneself, manifestation, appearance; application, employment; currency; conduct, behaviour; pasture-ground; exercising-ground; -kârana, n. scattering; -kârin, a. going about; attaching oneself to (lc., --°ree;); acting, behaving; -kita, pp. (√ ki), pronounced with the Prakaya tone; -kura, a. abundant, ample, much, many, frequent; --°ree;, abounding in, replete with: -gaha&ntod;a,a. having abundance of impervious passages, -tva, n. abundance of (--°ree;), -ratna-dhana½â gama, a. having a large income of gems and money; -kurī-bhû, grow in extent; -kritta- sikha, a. having loosened braids orflowing hair; (á)-ketas, a. heedful, intelligent, wise (V.); m. (C.), ep. of Varuna; N.; -kodana, n. instigation, incitement; command; -kodin, a. driving before one (--°ree;).
bahutama spv. remotest: â bahutamât purushât, down to the remotest descendant; -tara, cpv. more numerous, more, than (ab.); more extensive, greater (fire); too or very much; several: etad eva½asmâkam bahutaram -yad, it is already a great thing for us that --; -m, ad. more; repeatedly; -tara-ka, a. very much or numerous; -tarâm, (ac. f.) ad. highly, greatly, very; -tâ, f. abundance, multitude; -titha, a.(having many tithis or lunar days), long (time); much, manifold: -m, ad. greatly; e&zip;hani, on many a day=for many days; -trina, n. almost grass, a mere straw; -trish- na, a. suffering from great thirst; -trivarsha, a.almost three years old; -tva, n. multiplicity, multitude; majority, opinion of the majority; plural; -dakshiná, a. accompanied by many gifts (sacrifice); -dâna, n. bounteous gift; 2. a. (á) munificent; -dâyin, a. id.; -drisvan,m. great observer, very learned man; -devata, a. addressed to many deities (verse); -devatyã, a. belonging to many gods; -daivata, a. relating to many gods; -dosha, 1. m. great harm or disadvantage; 2. a. having many drawbacks (forest); -dhana, a. possessing much wealth, very rich: -½îsvara, m. very wealthy man; -dh&asharp;, ad. in many ways, parts, or places; variously; many times, repeatedly; very: -kri, multiply; spread abroad;-nâman, a. having many names; -patnîka, a. having many wives: -tâ, f. polygamy; -pada, a. many footed; -parná, a. many-leaved; -pasu, a. rich in cattle; -pâda, a. many-footed; hav ing several pâdas (verse); -putra, a.having many sons or children; -pushpa-phala½upe ta, pp. having many flowers and fruits; -pra kâra, a. manifold: -m, ad. variously; repeatedly; -prakriti, a. consisting of several nominal bases (compound); -praga, a.rich in children; -pragña, a. very wise; -pra- gñâna-sâlin, a. possessed of much knowledge; -pratigña, a. involving several charges or counts (leg.); -prapañka, a. of great diffuseness, prolix; -pralâpin, a. garrulous; -bhâshin, a. id.; -bhâshya, n. loquacity; -bhug, a. eating much; -bhûmika, a. consisting of many stories (building); -bhoktri, m. great eater; -bhogyâ, f. harlot; -bhog aka, a. eating much; -bhog-in, a. id.: (-i) tâ, f.voracity; -bhauma, a. many-storied (building); -mati, f. high opinion, esteem, respect; -matsya, n. place abounding in fish; -madhya-ga, a. belonging to many; -mantavya, fp. to be highly thought of, prized or esteemed; -mâna, m. high opinion or regard, esteem, respect, for (lc. of prs. or thing, rarely g. of prs.); attaching great im portance to (lc.): -purah-saram, ad. with respect; -mânin, a. held in esteem, respected; -mânya, fp. to be highly thought of, estimable; -mâya, a. having many wiles, artful, treacherous; -mitra, a. having many friends; -mukha, a. many-mouthed, talking of many things; -mûla-phala½anvita, pp. furnished with many roots and fruits; -mûlya, 1. n. large sum of money; 2. a. of great price, costly; -yâgín, a. having offered many sacrifices; -ragas, a. very dusty and having much pollen; -ratna, a. abounding in jewels.
brahmanirvāṇa n. extinction or absorption in Brahman (n.); -nishtha, a. absorbed in the contemplation of Brahman (n.); -nîda, n. resting-place of Brahman (n.); -pattra, n. Brahman's leaf=leaf of the Palâsa tree (Butea frondosa); -patha, m. path to Brahman (m. or n.); -pada, n. place of Brahman (n.); pârâyana, n. complete study or entire text of the Veda; -putrá, m. son of a priest or Brâhman; son of the god Brahman; kind of vegetable poison; N. of a large river rising in the eastern Himâlayas and falling into the bay of Bengal; N. of a lake; -pura, n. Brahman's citadel (in heaven); N. of a city (Theopolis): î, f. id.; ep. of the city of Benares; -puraka, m. pl. N. of a people; -pura½âkhya, a. named Brahmapura; -purâna, n. T. of a Purâna; -purusha, m. servant of the Brahman priest; servant of the god Brahman; -prakriti-ka, a. having Brahman as its source (world): -tva, n. origination from Brahman; -priya, a. found of devotion; -prî, a. id. (RV.); -bandhava, n. function of a priest's assistant; -bandhu, m. priest fellow (used contemptuously), unworthy Brâhman, Brâhman in caste only, nominal Brâhman; sp. Brâhman who does not perform the morning and the evening Samdhyâ ceremony (according to Sâyana); -bindu, m. Dot (Anusvâra) of Brahman, T. of an Upani shad; -bîga, n. seed of the Veda, the sacred syllable &open;om;&close; -bruvâna, pr. pt. Â. calling himself or pretending to be a Brâhman; -bhavana, n. abode of Brahman; -bhâgá, m. share of the Brahman priest; -bhâva, m. absorption in the Absolute; -bhâvana, a. manifesting or teaching the Veda; -bhid, a. dividing the one Brahman into many; -bhuvana, n. world of Brahman; -bhûta, pp. having become one with, i.e. absorbed in Brahman or the Abso lute; -bhûya, n. identification with or absorption in Brahman; rank of a Brâhman, Brâhmanhood; -bhûyas, a. becoming one with Brahman; n. absorption in Brahman; -bhrashta, pp. having forfeited sacred knowledge; -ma&ndot;gala-devatâ, f. ep. of Lakshmî; -matha, m. N. of a monastic school or college; -maya, a. (î) consisting or formed of Brahman; -maha, m. festival in honour of Brâhmans; -mîmâmsâ, f. inquiry into the nature of Brahman, the Vedânta philosophy; -yagñá, m. sacrifice of devotion=Vedic reci tation or study (one of the five daily sacri fices of the householder); -yasas, n.: -a, n. glory of Brahman; -yasas-in, a. possessing the glory of Brâhmans; -yúg, a. yoked by prayer = bringing the god in answer to prayer; -yoni, f. home of Brahman (n.); a. having one's home in Brahman; sprung from Brahman: -stha, a. abiding in Brahman (n.) as one's source; -rakshas, n. kind of evil demon; -ratna, n. valuable present bestowed on Brâh mans; -ratha, m. Brâhman's cart; -râkshasa, m. kind of evil demon; -râga, m. N.; -râta, m.given by Brahman, ep. of Suka; N. of Yâgñavalkya's father; -râsi, m. entire mass or circle of Vedic texts or sacred knowledge.
bhīṣma a. frightful, terrific, dread ful; m. N. of a son of Ga&ndot;gâ and Sâmtanu, grand-uncle of the Pândus, and leader of the Kuru army: -ka, m. contemptible Bhî shma; N. of the father of Rukminî: -½âtma- gâ, f. pat. of Rukminî; -parvan, n. the Bhîshma section, T. of the sixth book of the Mahâbhârata; -ratna, n. jewel.
maṇika m. large water-pot: pl. fleshy excrescences on the shoulder of an ani mal; -karnikâ, f. earring of pearls or gems; N. of a sacred pool near Benares; N.; -kâ rá, m. jeweller; -danda, a. having a handle adorned with jewels; -datta, m. N. of a mer chant; -dara, m. N. of a chief of the Yak shas; -darpana, m. jewelled mirror; -dîpa, m. jewel-lamp (in which gems supply the place of the burning wick): -ka, m. id.; -dhanu, m., -dhanus, n. rainbow; -pushpa-ka, m. (gem-flowered), N. of the conch of Sahadeva; -pushpa½îsvara, m. N. of an attendant of Siva; -pûra, n. N. of a town in Kali&ndot;ga situated on the sea-coast (also -pura); -pra dîpa, m. jewel-lamp (=-dîpa); -bandha, m. fastening or putting on of jewels; (place where jewels are fastened), wrist; -bandh ana, n. string or ornament of pearls; wrist; -bhadra, m. N. of a brother of Kubera and prince of the Yakshas; N. of a Sreshthin; -mañgarî, f. rows of pearls; -mandapa, m. hall of crystal, hall resting on crystal columns; -mat, a. jewelled; m. N.; -maya, a. (î) con sisting of jewels: -bhû, a. having floors --; -mâlâ, f. string of jewels, necklace; -yashti, f. id.; -ratna, n. jewel: -maya, a. (î) con sisting of jewels, crystal; -râga, m. colour of a jewel; -varman, m. N. of a merchant; -sri&ndot;ga, m. sun; -syâma, a. blue like a sap phire; -sara, m. string of pearls, pearl necklace; -sûtra, n. string of pearls; -sopâna, n. jewelled or crystal staircase; -stambha, m. jewelled or crystal pillar; -srag, f. wreath of jewels; -harmya, n. crystal palace,N. of a palace.
mahāpakṣa a. having many ad herents, having a large following; -pa&ndot;ka, n. (?) deep mud; -pa&ndot;kti, f. a metre of forty-eight syllables; -pandita, a. extremely learned; m. great scholar; -patha, m. prin cipal street; high road; the great journey, pilgrimage to the other world (-m yâ, die); a certain hell; a. having a great path: -giri, m. N. of a mountain; -padma, n. a certain high number; m. one of the eight treasures connected with the magic art padminî; N. of a Nâga: -pati, m. lord of millions, ep. of Nanda, -saras, n. N. of a lake, -salila, n. id.; -padya-shatka, n. T. of a poem (at tributed to Kâlidâsa) consisting of six classi cal verses; -½aparâdha, m. great crime or injury; -parvata, m. high mountain; -pasu, m. large cattle; -pâta, m. long flight; a. flying far (arrow); -pâtaka, n. great crime or sin (of which there are five: killing a Brâhman, drinking spirituous liquor, theft, adultery with a teacher's wife, and asso ciation with persons guilty of those four crimes); -pâtakin, a. guilty of a capital sin; -pâtra, n. prime minister; -pâda, a. large footed; -pâpa, n.great crime; -pâpman, a. very harmful; -pâra, 1. m. a certain per sonification; 2. a. having distant banks, wide (sea); -pârsva, a. having broad sides (leech); N.; -pâsupata, a. with vrata, n. the great vow of a worshipper of Siva Pasupati; m. zealous worshipper of Siva Pasupati; -pîtha, n. high seat; -pumsa, m. great man; -punya, a. very auspicious (day); very good or beau tiful; very holy; -purá, n. great fortress: î, f. great citadel; -purusha, m. great or eminent man; supreme spirit; -pûta, pp. extremely pure; -prishtha, a. broad-backed; -pai&ndot;gya, n. T. of a Vedic text; -prakarana, n. main treatment of a subject; -pragâpati, m. great lord of creatures, ep. of Vishnu; -pratâpa, m. of great dignity, majestic; -pratîhâra, m. head janitor; -pradâna, n. great gift; -prapañka, m. the great world; -prabha, a. of great lustre, very splendid; -prabhâ, f. great brightness;-prabhâva, a. very mighty; -prabhu, m. great lord, sovereign; chief; ep. of Vishnu; -pramâna, a. very exten sive; -pralaya, m. great dissolution of the universe at the end of a cosmic age: -kâla, m. time of the --; -prasna,m. great or im portant question; -prasâda, m. great pre sent; a. very gracious; -prasthâna, n. great departure, decease; -prâgña, a. very wise or prudent (person); -prâna, m. hard breath ing, aspirate sound; great strength; a. pro nounced with a hard breathing, aspirated; of great endurance or physical strength; -plava, m. great flood, deluge; -phala, n. large fruit; great reward; a. producing a great reward; -bala, a. very strong, power ful, or effective; m. N.; -bâdha, a. very in jurious; -bâhu, a. long-armed, strong-armed; m. ep. of Vishnu; N.; -bila, n. deep hole; -buddhi, a. of great intellect, extremely clever; m. N. of an Asura; N.; -brihatî, f. a metre (8+8+8+8+12 syllables); -brah ma: -n, m. the great Brahman (the god); -brâhmaná, m. great Brâhman (also used sarcastically); n. Great (=Tândya) Brâh mana; -bhata, m. great warrior; N.; -bha ya, n. great danger or straits; -bhâga, a. having great good fortune, very lucky, greatly blessed; greatly distinguished, very illus trious (frequently used as a term of address); -bhâgin, a. very fortunate, greatly blessed; -bhâgya, n.high position, great importance or power; a. extremely fortunate: -tâ, f. great good fortune; -bhânda½agâra, n. chief treasury; -bhârata, a. (± a word meaning &open;battle&close;), the Great Battle of the Bharatas; n.(± âkhyâna), the Great Story of the Bharatas, T. of the well-known great Epic (which contains about 100,000 slokas); -bhâshya, n. the Great Commentary of Patañgali on the Sûtras of Pânini and the Vârttikas of Kâtyâyana (probably composed in the second century b. c.); -bhikshu, m. the great mendicant, ep. of Sâkyamuni; -½abhi- gana, m. high descent, noble birth; -½abhi yoga, m. great plaint or charge; -½abhishava, m. N. of a prince; -½abhisheka, m. great inauguration; T. of the fourteenth Lambaka of the Kathâsaritsâgara; -bhîta, pp. greatly terrified; -½abhîsu, a. brilliant, lustrous; -bhuga, a. long-armed; -bhûta, pp. being great, large (E.); m. great creature; n. gross element (ether, air, fire, water, earth); -bhû mi, f. great realm; whole territory (of a king); -½âbhoga, a. of great extent, wide spreading; -bhoga, 1. a. having great coils (serpent); m. serpent; -bhoga, 2. m. great enjoyment; -bhoga, m. great prince; -½abhra, n. great or thick cloud; -makha, m. great sacrifice (=-yagña); -mani, m. costly jewel; -mati, a. of great wit, clever; m. N.; (&asharp;) manas, a. lofty-minded, proud, haughty; high-minded, magnanimous; -manushya, m. great man, man of rank; -mantra, m. very efficacious spell (esp. against snake-poison); -mantrin, m. chief counsellor, prime minister; -mahá, a. high and mighty (RV.); -mah as, n. great luminary; -mahiman, m. true greatness; a. truly great; -mahima-sâlin, a. possessed of true greatness; -mahâ½upâ dhyâya, m. very great preceptor (a desig nation applied to great scholars, e.g. Malli nâtha); -mâmsa, n. delicious flesh (esp. human flesh); -½amâtya, m. prime minister; -mâtra, a. of great measure, great; greatest, best (of, --°ree;); m. man of high rank, high state official, king's minister; elephant-driver; -mânin, a. extremely proud; -mâya, a. at tended with great deception; practising great deception; m. N.; -mâyâ, f. the great illu sion (which makes the world appear really existent and thus in a sense creates it); -mây ûra, n. a kind of medicine; kind of prayer (--°ree;); -mârga, m. main road: -pati, m. chief inspector of roads; -mâhesvara, m. great worshipper of Mahesvara or Siva; -mukha,n. large mouth (also of rivers); a. (î) large mouthed; -muni, m. great sage; -mûdha, a. very stupid; m. great simpleton; -mûrkha, m. great fool; -mûrdhan, a. large-headed (Siva); -mriga, m. large wild animal; ele phant;-mridha, n. great battle; -megha, m. great or dense cloud; -medha, m. great sacrifice; (&asharp;)-meru, m. the great Mount Meru; -moha, m. great mental confusion or infatuation; -mohana, a. causing great men tal confusion; -moha-mantra, m. very effi cacious spell: -tva, n. abst. n.; -yaksha, m. great Yaksha, prince of the Yakshas; -yag- ñá, m. great or chief sacrifice (one of the five daily sacrifices of the householder, called bhûta-, manushya-, pitri-, deva-, and brah ma-yagña); -yantra, n. great mechanical work: -pravartana, n. execution of great mechanical works; -yama-ka, n. a great Yamaka (a stanza, all the four lines of which contain identically the same words but differ in meaning, e.g. Kirâtârgunîya XV, 52); -yasas, a. very famous, illustrious (person); -yâna, n. the Great Vehicle (a later form of Buddhistic doctrine originated by Nâgâr guna: opp.hîna-yâna); N. of a prince of the fairies (having a great car); -yuga, n. a great Yuga (equal to four ordinary Yugas or 4,320,000 years); -yuddha, n. great battle; -½âyudha, a. bearing great weapons (Siva); -ragana, n.saffron; a. coloured with saffron; -rana, m. great battle; -½aranya, n. great forest; -ratna, n. precious jewel: -maya, a. consisting of costly jewels, -vat, a. adorned with costly jewels; -rathá, m. great chariot; great warrior; N.; -rathyâ, f. main road; -½ârambha, m. great under taking; a. enterprising, active; -rava, m. great roar or yell; a. making a loud noise, shouting loud; m. N.; -rasa, a. extremely savoury; -râgá, m. great king, reigning prince, sovereign: -½adhirâga, m. lord of great kings, emperor; -râgñî, f. reigning princess, queen; ep. of Durgâ; -râgya, n. sovereign rule; -râtra, n. advanced time of night, end of the night; -râtri, f. id.; great night follow ing the dissolution of the world; -râva, m. loud yell; -râshtra, m. pl. the Mahrattas: î, f. Mahratta language, Mahrattî: a-ka, a. (ikâ) belonging to the Mahrattas; m. pl. the Mahrattas; -rug, -ruga, a. very painful; -roga, m. dangerous disease; -roman, a. very hairy (Siva); -raudra, a. extremely terrible; -½argha, a. of great price, precious, valuable; expensive: -tâ, f. preciousness, great value, -rûpa, a. having a splendid form; -½arghya, a. precious, valuable: -tâ, f. preciousness; -½arnava, m. great sea, ocean; -½artha, m. great matter; a. having great wealth, rich; of great significance, important; m. N. of a Dânava; -½arha, a.valuable, costly, splen did; -lakshmî, f. the Great Lakshmî, Nârâ yana's Sakti; also=Durgâ or Sarasvatî; -li&ndot;ga, n. a great Li&ndot;ga; -vamsya, a. of high lineage; -vanig, m. great merchant; -vada, m. great teacher (i.e. of the most essential Vedic knowledge); (&asharp;)-vadha, a. having a mighty weapon (RV.); -vana, n. great forest; -varâha, m. great boar (i.e. Vishnu's incarnation as a boar); N. of a prince; -vallî, f. great creeper; -vâkya, n. long composition, literary work; great pro position; -vâta, m. violent wind, gale; -vâyu, m. id.; -vârttika, n. the Great Vârttika, N. of Kâtyâyana's Vârttikas to the Sûtras of Pânini; -vâstu, n. great space; a. occupy ing a great space; -vikrama, a. of great courage, very valiant; m. N. of a lion; -vighna, m. n. great obstacle; -vigña, a. very sensible; -vidagdha, pp. very clever; -viraha, m. grievous separation; -visha,a. very poisonous; -vistara, a. very prolix (book); -vîki, m. (having great waves), a certain hell; -vîrá, m. great hero; large earthenware fire-pot (mostly used at the Pravargya cere mony); N. of various princes; N. of an Arhat, founder of the Jain sect: -karita, n. life of the great hero (Râma), T. of a play by Bhavabhûti, -karitra, n. life of Mahâ vîra (the Arhat), T. of a work; (&asharp;)-vîrya, a. mighty, very potent; -vrikshá, m. great tree; -vriddha, pp. very aged; -vrishá, m. great bull: pl. N. of a people in the western Himâlayas; -vega, a. greatly agitated (sea); very swift; -vaipulya, n. great extent; -vaira, n. great enmity; -vairâga, n. N. of a Saman;-vyâdhi, m. serious disease; -vyâhriti, f. the great exclamation (i.e. bh&usharp;r bhúvah svãh); -vratá, n. great or fundamental duty; great vow; great religious observance; N. of a Sâ man or Stotra to be chanted on the last day but one of the Gavâmayana (also applied to the day and the ceremony); rules of the worshippers of Siva Pasupati; a. having undertaken great duties or a great vow, practising great aus terity, very devotional; following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratika, a. following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratin, a., m., id.; a. practis ing the five fundamental duties of the Jains; -vratîya, a. relating to the Mahâvrata cere mony (day); -vrîhi, m. large rice; -sakti, a. very mighty (Siva); -sa&ndot;kha, m. great conch; -½asana, a. eating much, voracious (leech); m. great eater, glutton; -½asani dhvaga, m. flag with a great thunderbolt; -sabda, m. loud sound; title beginning with &open;mahâ&close; or the corresponding office; -½âsaya, 1. m. ocean; 2. a. high-minded, noble; -sayyâ, f. splendid couch; -sarîra, a. having a large body; -salka,m. kind of sea-crab; -salkalin, a. having large scales (fish); -sastra, n. mighty weapon; -sâka, n. kind of vegetable; -sâkya, m. great or distinguished Sâkya; -sânti, f. great appeasement (a kind of rite to avert evil);(&asharp;)-sâla, possessor of a great house, great householder; -sâlîna, a. very modest; -sâsana, n. great sway; a. exer cising great sway; -siras, a. large-headed; m. kind of serpent; -sûdra, m. Sûdra in a high position, upper servant; -saila, m. great rock or mountain; -½asman, m. precious stone; -smâsâna, n. large cemetery; ep. of Benares; -srotriya, m. great theologian or spiritual teacher; -½asva, m. N.: -sâlâ, f. great stable; office of head groom; -svetâ, f. N. of a god dess; N.; -samkata, n. great danger or straits; -satî, f. extremely faithful wife, pattern of wifely fidelity; -sattrá, n. great Soma sacrifice; -sattva, m. great creature; a. strong-minded; high-minded, noble; very courageous; containing large animals: -tâ, f. strength of character and containing large animals; -½âsana, n. splendid seat; -samdhi- -vigraha, m. office of chief minister of peace and war; -sabhâ, f. great dining hall; -samudra, m. ocean; -sarga, m. great crea tion (after a great dissolution); -sâdhana bhâga, m. head of the executive; -sâdhu, a. extremely good: v-î, f. pattern of wifely fidelity; -sâmtâpana,m. kind of penance; -sâmdhi-vigrah-ika, m. chief minister of peace and war; -sâmânya, n. generality in the widest sense; -sâra, a. strong; valuable, costly; -sârtha, m. great caravan; -sâhas ika, a. very daring, excessively rash; m. highwayman, robber: -tâ, f. great energy: in. with the utmost decision; -simha, m. great lion; N.; -siddha, (pp.) m. great saint; -siddhânta, m. great manual of as tronomy, T. of a work by Âryabhata the younger; -siddhi, f. great magical power; -subhiksha, n. great abundance of provisions, very good times (pl.); -sûkta, n. great hymn: pl. the great hymns of the tenth book of the Rig-veda (1 to 128); m. composer of the great hymns of RV. X; -sûkshma, a. extremely minute; -sûki, a. w. vyûha, m. kind of array of troops in battle; (&asharp;)-sena, a. having a large army; m. ep. of Skanda; N. of various princes; -senâ, f. great army; -stoma, a. having a great Stoma (day); -½astra, n. great or mighty missile; -sthâna, n. high place or position; -sthûla, a. very gross; -snâna, n. great ablution; -½âspada, a. mighty; -sva na, m. loud sound; a. loud-sounding, shout ing loud; loud (noise); -½âsvâda, a. very savoury; -hanu, a. having great jaws; -harm ya, n. great palace; -½âhava, m. great battle; -hava, m. great sacrifice; -hasta, a. large handed (Siva); -hâsa, m.loud laughter; a. laughing loud; -½ahí, m. great serpent: -sayana, n. sleep (of Vishnu) on the great serpent (Sesha); -½ahna, m. advanced day time, afternoon; -hrada, m. great pond.
mṛduka a. soft: -m, ad. gently, softly; -kopa, a. slow to anger; -gir, a. soft voiced; -tâ, f. softness; gentleness; weak ness; mollification; -tîkshna, a. gentle and harsh at the same time: -tara, cpv.; -tva,n. softness, gentleness, tenderness; -pûrva, a. soft, bland (speech): -m, ad. gently, coax ingly; -prayatna, a. pronounced with gentle effort; -bhâva, m. gentleness; -bhâsh-in, a. speaking gently: (-i)-tâ, f. gentle speech.
yogakaraṇḍaka m. N.; ikâ, f. N. of a mendicant nun; -kshemá, m. sg. & pl. (C. also m. du. & sg. n.) possession or security of property; property; prosperity (ordinarily explained as meaningacquisi tion and preservation of property); property meant for pious uses; -kûrna, n. magic pow der; -ga, a. produced by meditation or Yoga; -tantra, n. Yoga doctrine, treatise on Yoga; -dharmin, a. practising Yoga; -nanda, m. the pseudo-Nanda; -nidrâ, f. sleep induced by the practice of Yoga, somnolent condi tion, dozing; Vishnu's sleep at the end of an age; -m-dhara, m. N.; -pati, m. lord of Yoga (Vishnu); -patha, m. path to Yoga;-bhâraka, m. shoulderyoke for the carrying of burdens; -bhrashta, pp. lapsed from devotion or contemplation; -maya, a. (î) produced from contemplation or Yoga; -mâyâ, f. magic; illusion produced by abstract meditation; -mârga, m. road to Yoga; -yâtrâ, f. recourse to mental ab sorption or Yoga; -yukta, pp. absorbed in meditation, practising Yoga; -ratna, n. magic jewel; -rûdha, pp. having an etymo logical and aconventional meaning (e. g. pa&ndot;ka-ga, growing in the mud and lotus); -rokanâ, f. kind of magical ointment (ren dering invisible or invulnerable); -vat, a. joined, united; practising Yoga; -vartikâ, f. magic wick; -vaha, a. bringing about, furthering (--°ree;); -vâh-in, a. intriguing: (-i) tva, n. intrigue; -vid, a. knowing the right means or method; knowing what is fitting or suitable; versed in Yoga; -vidyâ, f. knowledge of Yoga; -vibhâga, m. splitting of a grammatical rule into two; -sabda, m. the word yoga; etymological word (the mean ing of which results from the derivation); -sâyin, a. somnolent in consequence of medi tation; -sâstra, n.Yoga doctrine (esp. of Patañgali); -samâdhi, m. mental absorp tion resulting from Yoga; -sâra, m. univer sal remedy; -siddha, pp. perfected by Yoga; -siddhi, f. simultaneous accomplishment: -mat, a. versed in magic; -sûtra, n. the Sû tras on the Yoga (attributed to Patañgali).
yoṣit f. young woman, maiden; wife; female (of a bird): -pratiyâtanâ, f. female statue; d-grâha, a. taking the wife of a deceased man; d-ratna, n. jewel of a woman; n-maya, a. formed like orrepresenting a woman.
rakṣā f. protection, deliverance, preservation, of (--°ree; very common; rarely --°ree; =from, e. g. cold, or on, e. g. a journey); guard, sentinel; preservative, amulet, mysti cal object: -karandaka, n. magical preser vative casket; -griha, n. lying-in chamber; -½adhikrita, pp. entrusted with the protec tion (of the country etc.); m. appointed guardian; -½adhipati, m. head-constable; -parigha, m. protective bolt; -purusha, m. guard, watchman; -pradîpa, m. protec tive lamp (kept burning to keep off demons); -½abhyadhikrita, m. police official; -ma&ndot;gala, n. protective ceremony (against evil spirits); -mani, m. jewel used as a preservative (against demons): also fig. of a king; -mahaushadhi, f. sovran preservative herb (against demons); -ratna, n. preservative jewel (against de mons): -pradîpa, m. preservative jewel lamp (the gems in which serve as a protective light against demons); -vat, a. enjoying protec tion, protected by (in.); -sarshapa, m. mus tard seed as a preservative against demons.
ratna n. [√ râ] V.: gift; goods, wealth; C.: treasure, precious stone, jewel, sp. pearl, (--°ree;, jewel of a,=best of, most excellent); mag net; m. N.; -kalasa, m. N.; -kûta, n. N. of an island; -kosha-nikaya, m. heap of jewels and treasure; -khâni, f. mine of jewels; -garbha, a. filled or studded with jewels: â, f. earth; -kandrâ-mati, m. N.; -kkhâyâ, f. reflexion or glitter of jewels; -talpa, m. jewelled couch; -traya, n.the three jewels (=Bud dha, dharma, and samgha: B.); -datta, m. N.; -darpana, m. mirror of jewels; -dîpa, m. lamp of jewels (which supply the place of a burning wick); -druma, m. coral; -dvîpa, m. N. of an island; -dhá, -dh&asharp;, a. (V.) be stowing gifts or wealth; possessing wealth; -nadî, f. N. of a river; -nidhi, m. mine of pearls, ocean; -parvata, m. mountain (= repository) of jewels, Meru; -pura, n. N. of a city; -prakâsa, m. T. of a dictionary; -pra dîpa, m. (--°ree; a. -ka)=-dîpa; -prabha, m. N.: â, f. earth; N.; T. of the seventh Lambaka of the Kathâsaritsâgara; -prâsâda, m. jew elled palace; -bandhaka, m. seller of gems, jeweller; -bhûta,pp. resembling a jewel; -mañgarî, f. N. of a fairy; -maya, a. (î) consisting of or abounding in jewels; -mâlâ, f. necklace of gems or pearls; T. of various works; -mâlin, a. wearing a necklace of jewels; -ratna, n. pearl of pearls; -râgi, f. string of pearls; -râsi, m. heap of gems, quantity of pearls; -rekhâ, f. N. of a prin cess; (rátna)-vat, a. attended with gifts (RV.1); abounding in jewels or pearls, jew elled; -vardhana, m. N.; -varman, m. N. of a merchant; -varsha, m. N. of a prince of the Yakshas; -samghâta, m. quantity of jewels; -sû, a. producing gems; -sûti, f. earth; -svâmin, m. N. of a statue (erected by Ratna).
ravidina n. Sunday; -nandana, m. son of the sun, planet Saturn; -bimba, n. disc of the sun; -mani, m. sun-stone; -manda la, n. disc of the sun; -ratna, n. sun-stone; -vamsa, m. solar race; -vâra, m., -vâsara, m. n. Sunday; -samkrânti, f. entrance of the sun into a sign of the zodiac; -suta, m. son of the sun=planet Saturn or the monkey Sugrîva; -soma-sama-prabha, a. having lustre resembling that of the sun and moon.
laghukoṣṭha a. having an empty stomach; -kaumudî, f. the short Kaumudî (an abridgement of the Siddhânta-kaumudî); -krama, a. having a quick step, hurrying: -m, ad. quickly; -gati, a. swift-paced; -kit ta, a. light-minded, fickle; -ketas, a. little minded, mean-spirited; -kkhedya, fp. easy to destroy (prob. incorr. for -½ukkhedya); -tâ, f., tva, n. activity, nimbleness; lightness; buoyancy, light-heartedness;prosodical shortness; smallness, shortness; insignificance; levity, thoughtlessness; lack of dignity, con tempt, degradation; -patana-ka, m. (swift flying), N. of a crow; -parikrama, a. mov ing quickly; -pâka, a. growing old quickly; easily digested; -pâtin, a. (flying quickly), N. of a crow; -pramâna, a. short; -pra yatna, a. pronounced with slight effort; -bhâ va, m. ease; -bhug, a. eating little; -mûla, a. having insignificant roots, insignificant at the beginning; -vikrama, m. quick step; a. quick-footed; -vivara-tva, n. narrowness of aperture; -vritti, a. of a light nature, light; frivolous: -tâ, f. levity; -sattva, a. having a weak character; -samutthâna,a. rising up quickly, prompt; -sâra, a. insignificant, worthless; -hasta, a. light-handed, adroit (of archers, scribes, etc.): -tâ, f., -tva, n. adroitness of hand, dexterity; -hârîta, m. abridged Hârîta (author of a law-book).
vidyādharī f. female fairy, sylph; -dharî-bhû, become a fairy; -dha ra½indra, m. prince of the fairies: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -dhâra, m. receptacle of knowledge, great scholar; -½adhidevatâ, f.tutelary deity of the sciences, Sarasvatî; -½ânanda, m. delight in knowledge; -½anu pâlin, a. faithfully preserving (traditional) learning; -½anta, m. end of apprenticeship; -pati, m. chief scholar at a court: -tva, n. abst.n.; -phala, n. fruit of learning; -bala, n. power of enchantment; -matha, m. mon astic school, college; -mada, m. pride of learning; -mandira, n. school-house, college; -maya, a. consisting or absorbed in know ledge; -½aranya, m. N. of various scholars, esp. of Mâdhavâkârya; -ratna, n. jewel of knowledge; -½ârambha, m. beginning of study; -½artha, a. desirous of knowledge; -½arthin, a. id.; -vamsa, m. chronological list of teachers; -vat, a. learned; -½ava tamsa, m. N. of a fairy; -vadhû, f. muse; -vayo-vriddha, pp. old in learning and years; -vikraya, m. instruction for pay; -vid, a. learned; -viruddha, pp. conflicting with science; -vriddha,pp. old in know ledge; -vesman, n. school-house, college; -vrata-snâta: -ka, a. having concluded Vedic study and his vows; -sampradâna, n. imparting of knowledge; -sâgara, m. ocean of knowledge, ep. of a great scholar; -sthâ na, n. branch of knowledge; -snâta: -ka, a. having finished Vedic study; -hîna, pp. destitute of knowledge, unlearned, illiterate.
vyartha a. useless, unavailing, unpro fitable, vain (ord. mg.); destitute of money (rare); excluded from, not entitled to (in.); unmeaning, inconsistent (rare): -m, ad. use lessly, in vain; -ka-tva, n.uselessness; -tâ, f. uselessness; meaninglessness, nonsense; false ness: -m gam or yâ, become useless; -m nî yate, becomes harmless; -tva, n. contradicto riness; -yatna, a. useless in its efforts; î-kri, make useless orsuperfluous; î-bhû, become useless.
śiti a. white; black; (síti)-kakud, a. white-humped (V.); -káksha, a. white-shouldered (V.); -kántha, a. white-necked (V., rare); blue-necked (C.); m. (C.) peacock; ep. of Siva; N.: -ka, a. blue-necked (peacock); -paksha, a. white-winged; -pád, a. (stg. st. -pâd, f. pad-&isharp;) white-footed (V.); -pâda, a. id. (C.); -prishthá, a. (V.) white-backed (according to others, black-backed); -ratna, n. sapphire; -vâsas, a.wearing a dark garment; m. ep. of Balarâma.
śrīla a. beautiful; eminent, famous: -tâ, f. eminence, high position and creeper of high rank (srî-latâ); -lekhâ, f. N. of a prin cess; -vatsa, m. kind of figure, sp. tuft or curl of hair of this shape on the breast of Vishnu or Krishna and of other deities; -vabhâsa, (?) m. N.; -vardhana, m. N.; -vâ sa, m. (pleasant scent), resin of the Pinus longifolia, turpentine; -visâla, a. abounding in prosperity; -vriksha, m. sacred fig-tree(Ficus religiosa); kind of mark, curl of hair of this shape on the breast of a horse (rare); -vrikshak-in, a. having a curl of hair on the breast; -saila, m. N. of various moun tains; -shena, m. N.; -samgrâma, m. N. of a college; -svâmin, m. N.; -harsha, m. N. of a king, reputed author of the Ratna valî and the Naishadha-karita.
sarvadeva m. pl. all the gods; -devatâ-maya, a. (î) containing all deities; -devatyã, a. sacred to or representing all the gods; -deva-maya, a. (î) containing or representing all gods; -desîya, a. coming from every country; -daivatya, a. representing all gods; -dravya, n. pl. all things; -dhar ma-maya, a. containing --, -vid, a. knowing all laws; -nara, m. every one; -nâma-tva, n. pronominal nature; -nâman, n. (general name), pronoun; -nâma-sthâna, n. case termination added to the strong base; -nâsa, m. complete lack; loss of everything, com plete ruin: -m kri, lose everything; -niyan tri, m. all-subduer: -tva, n. abst. n.; -patta maya,a. made of fabrics of all kinds; -path îna, a. occupying the whole road; -prabhu, m. lord of all; -prâna, m.: in. with all one's might; -prâyaskittá, a. (&isharp;) atoning for every thing (Br.); n. (V.) expiation for everything; a certain libation in the Âhavanîya; -prâ yaskitti, f. complete atonement; -bhaksha, a. eating or devouring everything, omnivor ous; -bhakshin, a. id.; -bhâva, m. whole heart or soul; complete satisfaction:in., °ree;--, with one's whole soul (love etc.): pl. all ob jects; -bhûta, pp. being everywhere; n. pl. °ree;--, all beings: with na, no being: -krit, a. framing all beings, -maya, a. (î) containing or representing all beings, -½âtman, m. soul of all beings; -bhûmi, a. owning the whole earth; -bhogya, fp. advantageous to all; -ma&ndot;gala, a. universally auspicious: â, f. ep. of Durgâ (sts. also of Lakshmî); -manorama, a. delighting every one; -máya, a. (î) con taining everything; -mahat, a. greatest of all: -tara, cpv. greater than all the rest; -mâmsa½ada, a. eating every kind of flesh; -mâya, m. N. of a Râkshasa; -medhá, m. universal offering (a ten days' Soma sacrifice); -medhya-tva, n. universal purity; -yagña, m. every sacrifice: pl. all sacrifices; -yatna, m. every effort: in. with all one's might, to the best of one's ability; -yatna- vat, a. making every possible effort; -yoni, f. source of all; -yoshit, f. pl. all women; -ratna, m. N.: -maya, a. formed of all gems; entirely studded with jewels, -samanvita, pp. possessed of all jewels; -rasa, m. all kinds of juices or fluids (pl. or °ree;--); every taste: pl. all kinds of palatable food; -râtra, m. (?) the whole night: °ree;-or -m, ad. the whole night through; (sárva- AV., or sarvá- SB.)-rûpa, a. (V.) having all colours; having or assum ing all forms; of all kinds; -½ritu-ka, a. habitable in every season (house); -li&ndot;ga, a. having all genders, adjectival; -loká, m. V., C.: the whole world; C.: the whole people; every one: pl. or °ree;--, all beings; every one: -bhayamkara, a. appalling to the whole world, -mahesvara, m. ep. of Siva and of Krishna; -loha, a. entirely red; n. metals of all kinds (°ree;--): -maya, a. (î) entirely of iron; -vâram, ad. all at once, simultaneously; -vikrayin, a. selling all kinds of things; -vigñân-in, a. knowing everything: (-i)-tâ, f. omniscience; -víd, a. omniscient; -vinâsa, m. entire destruction; -vinda, m. a certain mythical being; -vishaya, a. relating to everything, general; (sárva)-vîra, a. all-heroic, consisting of, relating to, accompanied by or leading all men or heroes (V.); -ved asá, a. attended by a gift of all one's goods (sacrifice; V.); bestowing all his property on priests after a sacrifice (C., rare); n. en tire property (V.): -dakshina, a. attended with a gift of all one's property as a sacrificial fee (sacrifice; V., C.); -vedin, a. omniscient; knowing all the Vedas; -vainâsika, a. be lieving in complete annihilation; m. Bud dhist; -vyâpad, f. complete failure; -vyâp in, a. all-pervading; -vrata, n. universal vow; a. all-vowing; -sakti, f. entire strength: in. with all one's might; -sa&ndot;kâ, f. suspicion of every one.
sāpatna a. V.: derived from a rival (sapatna); C.: based on rivalry or hereditary enmity; born of a rival wife.
siddha pp. (√ sidh) hit (mark); ac complished, achieved, effected, fulfilled, real ized, successful; ready (money); prepared, made ready; cooked (food); gained, acquired; peculiar; unchangeable; cured (person); established, settled, substantiated, proved; well known, in (--°ree;); possessed of magical power (things); subject, ready to serve one (spirits, charms); perfected, adept in (d., --°ree;); become perfect, possessing super natural power, emancipated from the laws of nature; m. seer, sorcerer, magician; saint, Siddha (a class of demi-gods, such as Kapila, Vyâsa etc., possessing supernatural powers, esp. that of flying through the air); = Gina (with the Jains); N.; n. magical or super natural power: -kârya, a. having accomplished one's purpose; -kshetra, n. region inhabited by Siddhas, land of the Blest; N. of certain sacred regions: -parvata, m. mountain in the land of the Blest; -tâp asa, m., î, f. ascetic endowed with super natural knowledge and power; -tva, n. correct ness; establishment, demonstration; perfec tion; -dhâman, n. abode of the Blest;-bhûmi, f. fairyland; -mantra, m. magical spell; -yoga, m. magical agency; -yogin-î, f. sorceress, witch, fairy; -ratna, a. possess ing a magical jewel; -rasa, m. quicksilver; -rasâyana, a. possessed of an elixir of life; -râga, m. N. of a king; -laksha, a. hitting the mark (arrow); -vat, ad. as established or proved: -kri, regard as settled or proved; -varti, f. magical wick; -vâsa, m. abode of the Blest, N. of a locality; -sambandha, a. whose kin is known; -sarit, f. (famous river) Ganges.
strīyantra n. the puppet woman; -ratna, n. pearl of a woman; ep. of Laksh mî; -râgya, n. kingdom of the Amazons (in the extreme north); -lakshana, n. character istics of a woman; -li&ndot;ga, n.female organ; feminine gender (gr.); -vasa, a. subject to women, ruled by one's wife; -vasya, a. id.; -vitta, n. property derived from a wife; -vi vâha, m. marriage with a woman; -vishaya, m. copulation; -sa&ndot;ga, m.intercourse with women; -samgrahana, n. adultery with a woman; -sambandha, m. matrimonial alliance with a woman; -sambhoga, m. sexual intercourse with a woman; -sevâ, f. addiction to women; -svabhâva, m.nature of woman; -hatyâ, f. murder of a woman.
svārtha m. own affair or cause, per sonal matter or advantage, one's own aim or object; own=original meaning (of a word; gr.): -m or e, on one's own account, for oneself; a. directed to oneself, egoistical; adapted to its purpose: -para, a. intent on one's own interests; -prayatna, m. self-in terested project; -sâdhaka, a. promoting one's own objects; -sâdhana, n. furtherance of one's own objects.
harṣadeva m. N. of the author of the Ratnâvalî (also srî-); -nâda, -nisvana, -nihsvana, m. shout of joy; -pura, n. N. of a town; -mitra, m. N. of a king; -yukta, pp. filled with joy; -vat, a. full of joy;ad. joyfully: -î, f. N. of a princess; N. of a town; -vardhana, m. N. of a prince; -varman, m. N. of a prince; -½asru, n. tears of joy.
harṣa m. [√ hrish] bristling (of the hair of the body); thrill; exultation, joy, gladness, delight; N. of an Asura; N., esp. of the reputed author of the Ratnâvalî and the Naishadha-karita (also srî- or -deva): -krodha, m. du. joy and anger; -garbha, a. full of joy, glad; -gupta, m. N.; -karita, n. T. of a work by Bâna; -ga, a. arising from joy.
hemapratimā f. likeness of gold: -prabha, m. N. of a fairy; N. of a king of the parrots: â, f. N. of a fairy; -maya, a. (î) golden; -mriga, m. golden deer; -ratna maya, a. (î) consisting of gold and gems; -ratna-vat, a. containing or consisting of gold and gems; -latâ, f. golden creeper; N. of a princess; -vat, a. adorned with gold; -sri&ndot;ga, n. golden horn; -sûtra, n. gold (thread=) necklace; -½a&ndot;ka, a.adorned with gold; -½a&ndot;ga, a. having members or parts consisting of gold; m. ep. of Meru; -½akala, m. gold moun tain, ep. of Meru; -½anda, n. golden mundane egg; -½adri, m. gold mountain, ep. of Meru; N. of an author; -½âbha, a. looking like gold; -½ambuga, n. golden lotus; -½ambhoga, n. id.; -½alamkâra, m. golden ornament.
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
36 results0 results274 results
akāri ratnadhātamaḥ # RV.1.20.1c.
agne jātān pra ṇudā naḥ (AVś. me) sapatnān # AVś.7.34.1a; VS.15.1a; TS.4.3.12.1a; 5.3.5.1; MS.2.8.7a: 111.3; 3.2.10: 31.9; KS.17.6a; 21.2; śB.8.5.1.8; TA.2.5.2a; Apś.17.3.2; Mś.6.2.2.1. P: agne jātān Vait.29.6; Kś.17.11.3; Kauś.36.33; 48.37.
agner hotreṇa pra ṇude sapatnān (AVP. piśācān) # AVś.9.2.6c; AVP.12.19.1c.
agne sapatnadambhanam # VS.3.18e; TS.1.1.10.2c; 5.5.4b; 3.5.6.1c; MS.1.5.2e: 67.14; KS.6.9f; śB.2.3.4.21; śś.2.11.3e.
agne sapatnasāha sapatnān me sahasva # MS.1.5.1: 67.7.
agne sapatnāṃ apabādhamānaḥ # TB.1.2.1.21c; Apś.5.12.3c.
agne sapatnān adharān pādayāsmat # AVś.13.1.31a.
achā ratnaṃ devabhaktaṃ yad asya # RV.4.1.10b.
atra radhyantu ya u te sapatnāḥ # AVP.12.5.5c.
athā (VS.śB. adhā) sapatnān indrāgnī me # VS.17.64c; TS.1.1.13.1c; 6.4.2c; 4.6.3.4c; MS.1.1.13c: 8.16; 3.3.8: 41.13; KS.1.12c; 18.3c; 21.8; śB.9.2.3.22c; Mś.1.3.4.8. P: athā sapatnān Apś.3.5.7.
athā (VS.śB. adhā) sapatnān (KS. -nāṃ) indro me # VS.17.63c; TS.1.1.13.1c; 6.4.2c; 4.6.3.4c; MS.1.1.13c: 8.14; KS.1.12c; 18.3c; śB.9.2.3.21c; Mś.1.3.4.7. P: athā sapatnān Apś.3.5.4,7.
athā sapatnī yā mama # RV.10.145.3c; ApMB.1.15.3c. See adhaḥ sapatnī etc., and cf. adhā sapatnān māmakān.
atho viṣasya svaitnasya # AVP.9.10.4c.
atho sapatnakarśanaḥ # AVś.8.5.12c.
adhaḥ sapatnā me (AVP. sapatnās te) padoḥ # RV.10.166.2c; AVP.12.6.1c.
adhaḥ sapatnī yā mama (AVP. sapatnī māmakī) # AVś.3.18.4c; AVP.7.12.3c. See athā sapatnī, and cf. adhā sapatnān māmakān.
adhā sapatnān indrāgnī me # see athā etc.
adhā sapatnān indro me # see athā etc.
adhā sapatnān māmakān # AVś.13.1.30c. Cf. athā (and adhaḥ) sapatnī yā mama.
anamīvāḥ pradiśaḥ santu mahyam # Apś.6.29.1c. See asapatnāḥ pradiśaḥ, and asapatnāḥ pradiśo.
anaśravo 'namīvāḥ suratnāḥ (TA. suśevāḥ) # RV.10.18.7c; AVś.12.2.31c; 18.3.57c; TA.6.10.2c.
aniśitāsi sapatnakṣit # VS.1.29. P: aniśitā Kś.2.6.48. See next, and cf. aniśito 'si.
aniśitāḥ (KS. aniśitās stha; Apś. aniśitā stha) sapatnakṣayaṇīḥ # MS.4.1.12: 16.8; KS.1.10; 31.9; Apś.2.4.2.
aniśito 'si sapatnakṣit # VS.1.29; śB.1.3.1.6. P: aniśitaḥ Kś.2.6.46. Cf. under aniśitāsi.
anu pratnasyaukasaḥ # RV.1.30.9a; 8.69.18a; AVś.20.26.3a; 20.92.15a; SV.2.94a.
anu pratnāsa āyavaḥ # RV.9.23.2a; SV.1.502a.
apāvṛktā aratnayaḥ # RV.8.80.8c.
abhi pra yuṅkṣva damayā sapatnān # AVP.2.65.5b.
abhivṛttaḥ sapatnā # AVP.1.11.2a. See next.
abhivṛtya sapatnān # RV.10.174.2a; AVś.1.29.2a. See prec.
abhūd u vo vidhate ratnadheyam # RV.4.34.4a.
abhy asākṣi viṣāsahiḥ # RV.10.159.1d; AVP.2.41.1d; ApMB.1.16.1d. Cf. asapatnaḥ sapatnahā.
ayaṃ maṇiḥ sapatnahā suvīraḥ # AVś.8.5.2a.
areṇavo yam atnata # RV.10.143.2b.
arcāmi satyasavaṃ ratnadhām abhi priyaṃ matim (śB.Aś.śś. matiṃ kavim) # AVś.7.14.1b; SV.1.464b; VS.4.25b; TS.1.2.6.1b; MS.1.2.5b: 14.4; KS.2.6b; śB.3.3.2.12b; Aś.4.6.3b; śś.5.9.7b.
avadhīt kāmo mama ye sapatnāḥ # AVś.9.2.11a.
ava rakṣo divaḥ sapatnaṃ vadhyāsam # Apś.1.19.11.
avartiṃ yantu mama ye sapatnāḥ # AVś.9.2.4b.
avāhaṃ bādha upabhṛtā sapatnān (KS. dviṣantam) # KS.31.14a; TB.3.7.6.9a; Apś.4.7.2a.
avo dhāta vidhate ratnam adya # RV.6.65.3d.
aśastitūr asi vṛtratūr asmān patho jyaiṣṭhyān mā yoṣam # KS.7.13. See sapatnatūr.
aśvasyāsnaḥ (AVP. aśvasyāstnaḥ) saṃpatitā # AVś.5.5.9a; AVP.6.4.9a.
asapatna kilābhuvam # RV.10.174.4d. See asapatnā etc.
asapatna sapatnahā # RV.10.174.5a; AVś.1.29.5d; 10.6.30c; 19.46.7b; AVP.1.11.4d; 4.23.7b; 12.6.1a. Cf. abhy asākṣi, and sapatnakṣayaṇo vṛṣā.
asapatnāḥ pradiśo me bhavantu # AVś.19.14.1c; Vait.14.1e (text sapatnāḥ etc.). See prec., and anamīvāḥ pra-.
asapatnā kilābhuvam (ApMB. -bhavam) # RV.10.159.4d; AVP.2.41.4d; ApMB.1.16.4d. See asapatnaḥ etc.
asapatnā sapatnaghnī (ApMB. -nighnī) # RV.10.159.5a; AVP.2.41.5a; ApMB.1.16.5a (ApG.3.9.9).
asti ratnam anāgasaḥ # RV.8.67.7b.
asmin hi vaḥ savane ratnadheyam # RV.4.35.1c.
asme dyumnam adhi ratnaṃ ca dhehi # RV.7.25.3d; N.5.5.
asya pratnām anu dyutam # RV.9.54.1a; SV.2.105a; VS.3.16a; TS.1.5.5.1a; 7.1; MS.1.5.1a: 66.2; 1.5.5: 73.18; 1.5.6: 74.6; KS.6.9a; 7.4,5; JB.1.93,119; śB.2.3.4.15a; JG.2.9. P: asya pratnām śś.2.11.2; Kś.4.12.3.
aham asmi sapatnahā # RV.10.166.2a.
aham uttaro bhūyāsam adhare mat sapatnāḥ # TB.3.7.6.9d,10d (bis); Apś.4.7.2d (ter).
āgann ṛbhūṇām iha ratnadheyam # RV.4.35.2a.
ā tiṣṭha jiṣṇus tarasā sapatnān # AVP.15.12.9a.
ād it pratnasya retasaḥ # RV.8.6.30a; SV.1.20a; KS.2.14a; ā.3.2.4.8; ChU.3.17.7.
ād id ratnaṃ dhārayanta dyubhaktam # RV.4.1.18b.
ā devo yātu (MSṃG. yāti) savitā suratnaḥ # RV.7.45.1a; MS.4.14.6a: 223.13; KS.17.19a; AB.5.5.7; KB.22.9; śB.13.4.2.7; TB.2.8.6.1a; Aś.3.7.14; 10.6.9; śś.10.5.23; 16.1.21; VārG.5.26. P: ā devo yātu Aś.8.8.4; śś.6.10.10; ā devo yāti MG.1.2.3.
ā no ratnāni bibhratau # RV.5.75.3a; SV.2.1095a.
āpo na nimnair udabhir jigatnavaḥ # RV.10.78.5c.
ā ratnadhā yonim ṛtasya sīdasi # RV.9.107.4c; SV.1.511c; 2.25c; JB.1.121,322 (in fragments).
āśuṃ dūtam ajiraṃ pratnam īḍyam # RV.3.9.8c.
āhṇārasya parasyādaḥ # śś.16.9.13a. See aṭṇārasya.
idā hi vo vidhate ratnam asti # RV.6.65.4a.
indravāhāv (KS. -hā) ṛbhavo vājaratnāḥ # RV.4.35.5d; KS.23.11d.
indraḥ sapatnahā bhīmaḥ # AVP.3.36.1c.
indrānamitraṃ (KS. ms. -trān) naḥ paścāt (VSK. -traṃ paścān me) # AVś.6.40.3c; VSK.3.2.6c; KS.37.10c. Cf. indrāsapatnaṃ.
indrā ha ratnaṃ varuṇā dheṣṭhā # RV.4.41.3a.
imaṃ yajñaṃ ratnadheyopa yāta # RV.4.34.1b.
imaṃ devā asapatnaṃ suvadhvaṃ mahate kṣatrāya mahate jyaiṣṭhyāya mahate jānarājyāyendrasyendriyāya (VSK.11.3.2 stops at jyaiṣṭhyāya; VSK.11.6.2 at jānarājyāya) # VS.9.40; 10.18; VSK.11.3.2; 6.2; śB.5.3.3.12; 4.2.3. P: imaṃ devāḥ YDh.1.299.
imāṃ pratnāya suṣṭutiṃ navīyasīm # RV.10.91.13a.
iyakṣave pūrave pratna rājan # RV.10.4.1d; TS.2.5.12.4d.
iha tvaṣṭā sujanimā sajoṣāḥ (TA. suratnaḥ) # RV.10.18.6c; TA.6.10.1c. See tān vas tvaṣṭā.
ugra iva vāto viśṛṇan sapatnān # AVP.12.5.8b.
ugraś cettā sapatnahā # AVś.4.8.2b; AVP.4.2.2b; KS.37.9b; TB.2.7.8.1b; 16.1b.
ugro vo devaḥ pra mṛṇat sapatnān # AVś.9.2.14d.
uchā divo duhitaḥ pratnavan naḥ # RV.6.65.6a.
uta cyautnā jrayāṃsi ca # RV.8.2.33b.
uta vā śakro ratnaṃ dadhāti # AVś.5.1.7c. Cf. utāyur jyeṣṭho.
utāyur jyeṣṭho ratnā dadhāti # AVP.6.2.7a. Cf. uta vā śakro.
uto hi vāṃ ratnadheyāni santi # RV.7.53.3a.
uttamo 'haṃ bhūyāsam adhare matsapatnāḥ # KS.31.14 (quinq.). See uttaras tvam, and uttaro 'haṃ.
uttaras tvam adhare te sapatnāḥ (AVP. adhare santv anye) # AVś.4.22.6a; AVP.3.21.6a; TB.2.4.7.8a. See under uttamo 'haṃ.
uttaro 'haṃ bhūyāsam adhare matsapatnāḥ # Kauś.6.10. See under uttamo 'haṃ.
upa pratnam upa bhūr bhuvaḥ suvaḥ # Apś.6.8.11; 21.1.
upabhṛd asy anādhṛṣṭā sapatnasāhī # Mś.1.2.5.5. Cf. Apś.2.4.2.
upa stuhi prathamaṃ ratnadheyam # RV.5.42.7a. Cf. BṛhD.5.38.
uśan yakṣi draviṇodaḥ suratnaḥ # RV.10.70.9d.
ṛṇak sapatnān adharāṃś ca kṛṇvat # RVKh.10.128.10c. See bhindat sapatnān, and nudan sapatnān.
ṛṣabhaṃ mā samānānām # RV.10.166.1a; AG.2.6.13. Cf. BṛhD.8.69. Designated as sapatnaghnam (sc. sūktam) Rvidh.4.20.3; as sapatnaghnyaḥ (sc. ṛcaḥ) Rvidh.4.25.1. See vṛṣabhaṃ tvā sajātānām.
etat suśubhraṃ mukharatnakośam # RVKh.6.45.3d.
etā cyautnāni te kṛtā # RV.8.77.9a.
evā pāhi pratnathā mandatu tvā # RV.6.17.3a; AVś.20.8.1a; AB.6.11.9; GB.2.2.21; TB.2.5.8.11a. P: evā pāhi Vait.21.21.
evā viśaḥ saṃmanaso havaṃ me # Kauś.98.2c. Cf. asapatnāḥ saṃand māṃ viśaḥ.
evā sapatnāṃs tvaṃ mama # AVś.10.3.15c.
evā sapatnān me psāhi # AVś.10.3.14c.
evā sapatnān me bhaṅdhi # AVś.10.3.13c.
oṣa darbha sapatnān me # AVś.19.29.7a; AVP.12.22.7a.
kadā dhiyaḥ karasi vājaratnāḥ # RV.6.35.1d.
pratnā va āhutiḥ # SV.1.368d. See kva pratnā.
kāṣṭhā ajmeṣv (SV. yajñeṣv) atnata # RV.1.37.10b; SV.1.221b.
kiṃ no asya draviṇaṃ kad dha ratnam # RV.4.5.12a.
kurvāṇo anyāṃ adharān sapatnān # KS.5.2d; 32.2. See kṛṇvāno etc.
kṛṇotu mahyam asapatnam eva # AVś.9.2.7b. Cf. kṛṇvanto etc.
kṛṇvanto mahyam asapatnam eva # AVś.9.2.8c. Cf. kṛṇotu etc.
kṛṇvāno anyān (TS.Apś. anyāṃ; MS. anyaṃ; Kś. 'nyān) adharān sapatnān # AVś.2.29.3d; AVP.1.19.2d; TS.3.2.8.5d; MS.1.2.10c: 20.13; 4.12.3d: 185.14; Kś.10.5.3d; Apś.11.12.3c. See kurvāṇo etc.
kṛtyādūṣiḥ sapatnahā # AVP.7.5.6b.
kṛdhi ratnaṃ yajamānāya sukrato # RV.7.16.6a.
kṛdhi ratnaṃ susanitar dhanānām # RV.3.18.5a.
kṛdhī dhiyaṃ jaritre vājaratnām # RV.10.42.7d; AVś.20.89.7d; MS.4.14.5d: 222.4; TB.2.8.2.7d.
kṛnta darbha sapatnān me # AVś.19.28.8a; AVP.12.21.8a.
kva pratnā va āhutiḥ # RV.1.105.5d. See kā pratnā.
gṛhyo 'pagṛhyo mayobhūr ākharo nikharo niḥsaro nikāmaḥ sapatnadūṣaṇaḥ # śG.5.2.5. Cf. gohya.
gnāspatnībhī ratnadhābhiḥ sajoṣāḥ # RV.4.34.7d.
gharma yā te divi śug yā divi yā bṛhati yā stanayitnau yā jāgate chandasīyaṃ te tām avayaje # MS.4.9.10: 130.10. P: gharma yā te divi śuk Mś.4.4.8. See under prec.
catasro diśaś catasro 'vāntaradiśā ahaś ca rātriś ca kṛṣiś ca vṛṣṭiś ca tviṣiś cāpatitiś (read cāpacitiś) cāpaś cauṣadhayaś cork ca sūnṛtā ca devānāṃ patnayaḥ # TA.3.9.2. Cf. ahaś ca rātriś.
chindhi darbha sapatnān me # AVś.19.28.6a; AVP.12.21.6a.
jahi tvaṃ kāma mama ye sapatnāḥ # AVś.9.2.10a.
jahi darbha sapatnān me # AVś.19.29.9a; AVP.12.22.9a.
jāyase tvaṃ sapatnahā # HG.1.11.8b.
juhūr asy anādhṛṣṭā sapatnasāhī # Mś.1.2.5.4. Cf. Apś.2.4.2.
jyeṣṭhaṃ ca ratnaṃ vibhajantam āyoḥ # RV.5.49.2d.
jyotir jajñe asurahā sapatnahā # RV.10.170.2d; SV.2.804d.
tat tu prayaḥ pratnathā te śuśukvanam # RV.1.132.3a.
tathā tvaṃ kāma mama ye sapatnāḥ # AVś.9.2.18c.
taṃ tvā sapatnasāsaham # AVP.1.79.3c.
tan naḥ pratnaṃ sakhyam astu yuṣme # RV.6.18.5a.
tapasā sapatnān praṇudāmārātīḥ # TB.3.12.3.1c; TA.10.63.1c; MahānU.22.1c.
tam ic cyautnair āryanti # RV.8.16.6a.
taṃ pratnathā pūrvathā viśvathemathā # RV.5.44.1a; VS.7.12a; TS.1.4.9.1a; MS.1.3.11a: 34.4; KS.4.3a; KB.24.9; śB.4.2.1.9a; N.3.16. P: taṃ pratnathā VS.33.21,33,47,58,73; Aś.9.9.13; 10.2; śś.10.13.22; 11.12.13; 15.3.10,11; Kś.9.6.11; Apś.12.14.15; Mś.2.3.5.8. Cf. BṛhD.5.44 (B).
taṃ pratnāsa ṛṣayo dīdhyānāḥ # RV.4.50.1c; AVś.20.88.1c; MS.4.12.5c: 193.4; KS.9.19c.
tayā sapatnān pari vṛṅdhi ye mama # AVś.9.2.5c. See tena etc.
tava cyautnāni vajrahasta tāni # RV.7.19.5a; AVś.20.37.5a.
tasyās te ratnabhāja īmahe vayam # RV.7.81.4c.
atnata vayunaṃ vīravakṣaṇam # RV.5.48.2a.
tāḥ pratnavan navyasīr nūnam asme # RV.1.124.9c.
tiro dhehi sapatnān naḥ # TA.1.31.1c.
tṛndhi darbha sapatnān me # AVś.19.29.2a; AVP.12.22.2a.
te devā asapatnam imaṃ suvadhvam amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram amuṣyāṃ viśi mahate kṣatrāya mahate jānarājyāya # MS.2.6.6: 67.12; amum āmuṣyāyaṇam ... mahate jānarājyāya (with the first part of the formula understood) Mś.9.1.2.24. See next, and ye devā devasuva.
te devā asapatnam imaṃ suvadhvaṃ mahate kṣatrāya mahate jyaiṣṭhyāya mahate rājyāya mahate jānarājyāya mahate viśvasya bhuvanasyādhipatyāya # KS.15.5. See under prec.
tena tvaṃ kāma mama ye sapatnāḥ # AVś.9.2.17c.
tena sapatnān adharān kṛṇuṣva # AVP.4.27.2c.
tena sapatnān pari vṛṅdhi ye mama # AVś.9.2.16c. See tayā etc.
tena hanmi sapatnaṃ durmarāyum (KS. durhṛṇāyum) # TS.1.6.2.2c; KS.31.14c.
tenāsmabhyaṃ vanase ratnam ā tvam # RV.1.140.11d.
te no ratnāni dhattana # RV.1.20.7a; AB.5.21.12; KB.26.17; Aś.8.11.3. P: te no ratnāni śś.10.11.8.
te pratnāso vyuṣṭiṣu # RV.9.98.11a.
te ratnaṃ dhāta śavaso napātaḥ # RV.4.35.8c.
tvaṃ sapatnān pṛtanāsu jiṣṇuḥ # MS.4.12.3a: 184.3.
tvaṃ hi ratnadhā asi # RV.1.15.3c; 7.16.6b; VS.26.21c.
tvaṃ devaḥ savitā ratnadhā asi # RV.2.1.7b.
tvam āyuṣmān sapatnahā # AVP.10.2.2c.
tvaṃ bhago na ā hi ratnam iṣe # RV.6.13.2a; MS.4.10.1a: 143.3; Apś.5.23.9a. P: tvaṃ bhago naḥ śś.2.4.7; Mś.5.1.1.34.
tvayā vadheyaṃ dviṣataḥ sapatnān # Vait.6.1c.
tviṣiḥ senāyāṃ stanayitnau ghoṣe yā # AVP.2.18.3b.
dadur asmai dadhire kṛtnave dhanam # RV.2.13.10b.
dadhatho ratnaṃ vidhate janāya # RV.4.44.4d; AVś.20.143.4d.
dadhad ratnaṃ (Aś. ratnā) dakṣaṃ pitṛbhya (Aś.śś. dakṣapitṛbhya) āyuni (AVś. āyūṃṣi) # AVś.7.14.4b; Aś.5.18.2b; śś.8.3.4b.
dadhad ratnā dāśuṣe vāryāṇi # RV.1.35.8d; VS.34.24d.
dadhad ratnāni dāśuṣe # RV.4.15.3c; 9.3.6c; SV.1.30c; 2.607c; VS.11.25c; TS.4.1.2.5c; MS.1.1.9c: 5.8; KS.16.2c,21c; 38.12c; TB.3.6.4.1c. Cf. next but one.
dadhad ratnāni sumṛḍīko (TB.Apś. suvidāno) agne # MS.4.11.4c: 172.2; TB.2.4.1.11c; Aś.3.12.14c; śś.3.5.9c; Apś.9.4.17c; śG.2.13.5c.
dadhad ratnā vi dāśuṣe # RV.8.93.26b. Cf. prec. but one.
dadhāti ratnaṃ vidhate janāya # RV.7.75.6d.
dadhāti ratnaṃ vidhate yaviṣṭhaḥ # RV.4.12.3c.
dadhāti ratnaṃ vidhate suvīryam # RV.7.16.12c; SV.2.864c.
dadhāti ratnaṃ svadhayor apīcyam # RV.9.86.10c; SV.2.381c; JB.3.135; Apś.20.13.4c; Mś.9.2.3.7c.
dadhātu ratnam amṛteṣu jāgṛviḥ # RV.3.26.3d.
dadhāsi ratnaṃ draviṇaṃ (AVP. -ṇañ) ca dāśuṣe # RV.1.94.14c; AVP.13.6.4c.
dadhyaṅ dhiyam atnata # RV.1.80.16b; N.12.34b.
dame-dame sapta ratnā dadhānaḥ # RV.5.1.5c; TS.4.1.3.4c; MS.2.7.3c: 77.18; KS.16.3c. Cf. next.
dame-dame sapta ratnā dadhānā (AVś. -nau) # RV.6.74.1c; AVś.7.29.1c; TS.1.8.22.1c; MS.4.10.1c: 142.6; 4.11.2c: 165.10; KS.4.16c; 11.12c; śś.2.4.3c. Cf. prec.
darbhaṃ sapatnadambhanam (AVP. sapatnajambhanam) # AVś.19.28.1c; AVP.12.21.1c.
daha darbha sapatnān me # AVś.19.29.8a; AVP.12.22.8a.
divaḥ pīyūṣaṃ pūrvyaṃ yad ukthyam # RV.9.110.8a. See pratnaṃ pīyūṣaṃ.
duhānaḥ pratnam it payaḥ # RV.9.42.4a; SV.2.110a.
dṛṃha jātāṃ janayājātān # AVP.1.67.2c. See dṛṃha pratnāṃ.
dṛṃha pratnāṃ janayājātān # AVś.6.136.2a. See dṛṃha jātāṃ.
devānāṃ patnayo viśaḥ # see devānāṃ patnīr diśaḥ.
devānāṃ patnīr (VS. patnyo; MS. patnayo) diśaḥ (MS.KSA. viśaḥ) # VS.23.36c; TS.5.2.11.2c; MS.3.12.21d: 167.4; KSA.10.5c.
devānāṃ patnayo etc., and devānāṃ patnyo etc. # see prec. but one.
devāso yajñam atnata # RV.8.13.18b; 92.21b; AVś.20.110.3b; SV.2.74b.
devebhyo ratnaṃ dadhathur vi lokam # AVś.18.2.53b.
deveṣu ratnadhā asi # RV.9.67.13c.
deveṣu ratnam abhajanta dhīrāḥ # RV.1.91.1d; VS.19.52d; TS.2.6.12.1d; MS.4.10.6d: 156.7; KS.21.14d.
devo maṇiḥ sapatnahā # AVś.19.31.8a; AVP.7.5.8a; 10.5.8a.
dviṣantaṃ śocayāmasi (Mś. tāpayāmasi) # TB.3.7.6.19d; Apś.4.12.8d; Mś.1.2.5.8d. Cf. sapatnaṃ nāśayāmasi.
dveṣāt sāpatnād yadi cakrur asyāḥ # AVP.5.37.2c.
dhattaṃ ratnāni jarataṃ ca sūrīn # RV.7.67.10c.
dhattaṃ ratnāni dāśuṣe # RV.1.47.1d; 8.35.22e--24e; SV.1.306d.
dhā ratnaṃ mahi sthūraṃ bṛhantam # RV.6.19.10d.
dhā ratnavantam amṛteṣu jāgṛvim # RV.3.28.5d.
dhḷkṣaṇāsaḥ śipavitnavaḥ # AVP.7.2.8b. Cf. ejatkāḥ śipavitnukāḥ.
dhenuḥ pratnasya kāmyaṃ duhānā # RV.3.58.1a; AB.5.18.8; Aś.8.10.1. P: dhenuḥ pratnasya Aś.4.15.2; śś.6.6.6. Cf. BṛhD.4.122.
dhruvāsy anādhṛṣṭā sapatnasāhī # Mś.1.2.5.6.
nakṣatraṃ pratnam aminac cariṣṇu # RV.10.88.13c.
na cyautnāni kariṣyataḥ # RV.4.31.9c.
na devāsaḥ kavatnave # RV.7.32.9d.
namas te astu vidyute (AVP.15.23.11a adds stanayitnave) # AVś.1.13.1a; AVP.15.20.8a; 15.23.11a; VS.36.21a; Kauś.139.8. P: namas te astu Kauś.38.8,9. Cf. BṛhD.1.54; 8.44.
namas te stanayitnave # AVś.1.13.1b; 11.4.2b; AVP.15.20.8b; VS.36.21b.
nārīs te patnayo loma # TS.5.2.11.1a; KSA.10.5a. See nāryas te.
nikṣa darbha sapatnān me # AVś.19.29.1a; AVP.12.22.1a.
nir aratnau maghavā taṃ dadhāti # RV.10.160.4c; AVś.20.96.4c.
ni sapatnā yāmani bādhitāsaḥ # KB.28.6; Aś.5.7.3; śś.7.6.3.
nīcaiḥ sapatnān nudatāṃ me sahasvān # AVś.9.2.15d.
nīcaiḥ sapatnān mama pādaya tvam # AVś.9.2.1c.
nīcaiḥ sapatnān mama pādayāthaḥ # AVś.9.2.9b.
nīco nyubja dviṣataḥ sapatnān # AVś.11.1.6b.
nudañ chatrūn pradahan me sapatnān # Vait.14.1c.
nudan sapatnān adharāṃś ca kṛṇvan # AVś.19.33.2c; AVP.11.13.2c. See under ṛṇak etc.
gṛṇāno gṛṇate pratna rājan # RV.6.39.5a.
cid dhi ratnaṃ sasatām ivāvidan # RV.1.53.1c; AVś.20.21.1c.
nūnaṃ devebhyo vi hi dhāti ratnam # RV.2.38.1c.
no gomad vīravad dhehi ratnam # RV.7.75.8a.
payaḥ pratnasya retaso dughānāḥ # RV.3.31.10b.
parā sapatnān bādhasva # SMB.2.4.1c; JG.1.1c.
pāṭāṃ sapatnacātanīm # AVP.7.12.1c,7d.
piṃśa darbha sapatnān me # AVś.19.28.9a; AVP.12.21.9a.
piṇḍhi darbha sapatnān me # AVś.19.29.6a; AVP.12.22.6a.
pituḥ pratnasya janmanā vadāmasi # RV.1.87.5a.
purāṃ cyautnāya śayathāya nū cit # RV.6.18.8d.
purāṇā (KS. -ṇa) ṛṣiḥ # MS.2.7.20: 105.14; KS.39.7. See pratna ṛṣiḥ.
purūṇi yaś cyautnā śambarasya # RV.6.47.2c.
purūṇi ratnā dadhatau ny asme # RV.7.70.4c.
purojitī vo andhasa ehyā , sūtāya mādayitnavā ehyā , āpa śvānaṃ śnāthīṣṭānā , tam aiho vā ehyā (read aihovā ehiyā, without tam) # JB.1.164. Variation of RV.9.101.1.
pra cyautnāni devayanto bharante # RV.1.173.4b.
prajāvad asme didhiṣantu ratnam # RV.3.8.6d.
prajāvad ratnam ā bhara # RV.9.59.1c.
pratna ni pāti kāvyam # RV.9.6.8c. See pratnāni pāti.
pratna pratnavat paritaṃsayadhyai # RV.6.22.7b; AVś.20.36.7b.
pratna pratnāsa ūtaye sahaskṛta # RV.5.8.1b.
pratnāni pāti kāvyaḥ # KS.35.6c. See pratnaṃ ni.
prājāpatyā me samid asi sapatnakṣayaṇī # TA.4.41.3,6.
prātā ratnaṃ prātaritvā dadhāti # RV.1.125.1a. Cf. BṛhD.3.140,150,153 (A).
prānyān sapatnān sahasā sahasva # AVś.7.35.1a. P: prānyān Kauś.36.33.
prāśitraharaṇam asy anādhṛṣṭaṃ sapatnasāham # Mś.1.2.5.7.
balī balena pramṛṇan (AVP. -mṛṇaṃ, for -mṛṇan) sapatnān # AVś.3.5.1b; AVP.3.13.1b.
bahvīṃ prajāṃ janayantīṃ sarūpām (ApMB.1.8.3c, janayantī suratnā; ApMB.1.11.7d, janayantau saretasā) # TA.10.10.1b; MahānU.9.2b; ApMB.1.8.3c; 11.7d. See prajāṃ kṛṇvāthām.
bhagaṃ ca ratnaṃ vibhajantam āyoḥ # RV.5.49.1b.
bhagaṃ na kāre mahiratna dhīmahi # RV.1.141.10d.
bhagam anugro adha yāti ratnam # RV.7.38.6d.
bhago na citro agnir mahonāṃ dadhāti ratnam # SV.1.449ab. P: bhago na citraḥ Svidh.2.6.4.
bhaṅdhi darbha sapatnān me # AVP.12.22.3a. Cf. rundhi darbha etc.
bhāgam ā suva sa hi ratnadhā asi # RV.10.35.7b.
bhindat sapatnān adharāṃś ca kṛṇvat # AVś.5.28.14c. See under ṛṇak.
bhindhi darbha sapatnānām (AVś.19.28.5a and AVP.12.21.5a, sapatnān me) # AVś.19.28.4a,5a; AVP.12.21.4a,5a.
bhrātṛvyaś ca sapatnaś ca # AVP.10.2.4a.
bhrātṛvyāṇāṃ sapatnānām ahaṃ bhūyāsam uttamaḥ # Apś.6.20.2; VārG.5.14.
madhvaḥ pāta ratnadhā indravantaḥ # RV.4.34.6d.
mantha darbha sapatnān me # AVś.19.29.5a; AVP.12.22.5a.
marutāṃ prasave jeṣam # TS.1.8.15.1; TB.1.7.9.3; Apś.18.17.5. See sapatnahā marutāṃ.
maho no ratnā vi dadha iyānaḥ # RV.7.17.7b.
maho ye dhanaṃ (MS.KS. dhanā; TS. ratnaṃ) samitheṣu jabhrire # RV.10.64.6d; VS.9.17d; TS.1.7.8.2c; MS.1.11.2d: 162.16; KS.13.14d; śB.5.1.5.23d.
tvā dabhan sapatnā dipsantaḥ # AVP.2.72.5c.
na indra pīyatnave # RV.8.2.15a; SV.2.1156a.
mānasya patni (AVP. patnī) śaraṇā syonā # AVś.3.12.5a; AVP.3.20.5a. See mā naḥ sapatnaḥ.
naḥ sapatnaḥ śaraṇaḥ syonā # HG.1.27.8a. See mānasya patni.
no vadhāya hatnave # RV.1.25.2a.
muhyantv anye abhito janāsaḥ (VS.VSKṭS. abhitaḥ sapatnāḥ) # RV.10.81.6c; SV.2.939c; VS.17.22c; VSK.8.20.1c; TS.4.6.2.6c; MS.2.10.2c: 133.17; KS.18.2c; 21.13c; N.10.27.
mṛṇa darbha sapatnān me # AVś.19.29.4a; AVP.12.22.4a.
mlāyantu te khātamūlāḥ sapatnāḥ # AVP.12.6.2a.
yakṣi devān ratnadheyāya viśvān # RV.7.9.5d; MS.4.14.11d: 233.3; TB.2.8.6.4d.
yac ca bhrātṛvyaḥ śapati # AVP.5.23.5a. Cf. yaś ca sāpatnaḥ.
yat tṛtīyaṃ savanaṃ ratnadheyam # RV.4.35.9a.
yad ejati jagati yac ca ceṣṭati nāmno (MahānU. nānyo) bhāgo yan nāmne (MahānU. yatnān me) svāhā # Tā.10.67.2; MahānU.19.2.
yan naḥ śapād araṇo yat sapatnaḥ # AVP.7.8.2a.
yamo gṛhṇātu nirṛtiḥ sapatnān # MS.2.5.6d: 55.11; KS.13.2d.
yaś ca sāpatnaḥ śapathaḥ # AVś.2.7.2a. Cf. yac ca bhrātṛvyaḥ.
yaḥ sapatno yo 'sapatnaḥ # AVś.1.19.4a. Cf. yo naḥ sapatno.
yaḥ sumnayuḥ suhavo yaḥ sudatraḥ # AVś.7.10.1b. See yo ratnadhā.
yahvaṃ pratnābhir ūtibhiḥ # RV.8.13.24b.
yāvanto mā sapatnānām # AVś.7.13.2a.
vāṃ pratnāni sakhyā śivāni # RV.1.108.5c.
yuvaṃ pratnasya sādhatho maho yat # RV.3.38.9a.
yūyaṃ ha ratnaṃ maghavatsu dhatta # RV.7.37.2a.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"tna" has 43 results
tnataddhita affix. affix त्न added to the words चिर, परुंत् and परारि showing time, as also to the word प्रग in Vedic Literature: e. g. चिरत्नम्, परुत्नम् , परारित्नम्, प्रत्नम् ( where ग is elided ); confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3. 23.
atiprayatnaintense effort; characteristic effort as required for uttering a vowel with विक्रमस्वरित.
aābhyantaraprayatnainternal effort made in producing a sound, as contrasted with the external One called बाह्यप्रयत्न. There are four kinds of internal efforts described in the Kāsikāvrtti.; confer, compare चत्वार आभ्यन्तरप्रयत्नाः सवर्णसंज्ञायामाश्रीयन्ते स्पृष्टता, ईषत्स्पृष्टता, संवृतता, विवृतता चेति । Kās. on P. 1.1.9. See also यत्नो द्विधा । आभ्यन्तरो बाह्यश्च et cetera, and others Si. Kau. on I.1.9.
kalāparatnaa commentary on the kāraka portion of the Kalāpa grammar ascribed to the famous commentator Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti..
gaṇaratnamahodadhia grammar work, consisting of a metrical enumeration of the words in the Gaṇapāṭha of Pāṇini, written by Vardhamāna, a Jain grammarian of the 12th century, who is believed to have been one of the six gems at the court of Lakṣmaṇasena of Bengal. Vardhamāna has written a commentary also, on his Gaṇaratnamahodadhi. Besides Vardhamāna's commentary, there are other commentaries written by गोवर्धन and गङ्गाधर.
gaṇaratnamahodadhiṭīkāalso called गणरत्नमहोदधिवृति, a commentary on the गणरत्नमहोदधि of Vardhamāna written by the author himselfeminine. See गणरत्नमहोदधि.
gaṇaratnamahodadhyavacūria metrical commentary on Vardhamāna's Gaṇaratnamahodadhi. The name of the author is not available.
tnaptaddhita affix. affix त्न, added to the word नव optionally with the affixes तनप् and ख before which नव is changed to नू ; e. g. नूत्नम् , नूतनम्, नवीनम् ; confer, compare P. V. 4, 30 Vart. 6.
tribhāṣyaratnaname of a commentary on the Taittiriya Pratisakhya written by Somayarya. The commentary is said to have been based on the three Bhasya works attributed to the three ancient Vedic scholarsVararuci, Mahiseya and Atreya.
dayāratnaa.Jain scholar who has written a grammar treatise on the Sarasvata Grammar called सारस्वतपरिभाषा.
dhāturatnamañjarīa treatise dealing with roots believed to have been written by Ramasimhavarman.
nyāyaratnamañjūṣāa work dealing with Vyākarana Paribhāsas or maxims as found in Hemacandra's system of grammar, written bv Hemahamsaganin, a pupil of Ratnasekhara, in 1451. The author has written a commentary also on the work, named Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa..
prayatna(1)effort; the word is used in connection with the effort made for producing sound; confer, compare तुल्यास्यप्रयत्नं सवर्णम् P.1.1.9 these efforts are described to be of two kinds बाह्य and आभ्यन्तर of which the latter are considered in determining the cognate nature of letters ( सावर्ण्य ); confer, compareअाभ्यन्तरप्रयत्नाः सवर्णसंज्ञायामाश्रीयन्ते;Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 1.9; (2) specific measure taken for a particular purpose such as marking a letter with a particular tone or accent or dividing a rule, or laying down a modificatory rule or the like; confer, compare सैवाननुवृत्तिः शब्देनाख्यायते प्रयत्नाधिक्येन पूर्वसूत्रेपि संबन्धार्थम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3.22.
prayogaratnamālāname of a recognised treatise on grammar written by पुरुषोत्तमविद्यावागीश of Bengal in the fourteenth century. The treatise explains many words which, although current in language and literature, cannot be easily formed by rules of grammar. The author has tried to form them by applying rules of grammar given in the grammatical systems of Panini and Katantra. The alphabet given in this treatise is according to the system of the Tantra Sastra which shows a scholarship of the author in that branch The grammar was studied much in Bengal and Assam.
bṛhacchabdaratnaa learned commentary on the commentary मनोरमा of भट्टोजीदीक्षित; the commentary was written by हरिदीक्षित the grandson of Bhattoji. The work is called बृहच्छब्दरत्न in contrast with the लघुशब्दरत्न of the same author (हरिदीक्षित) which is generally studied at the Pathasalas all over the country. The work बृहच्छब्दरत्न is only in a Manuscript form at present. Some scholars believe that it was written by Nagesabhatta, who ascribed it to his preceptor Hari Diksita, but the belief is not correct as proved by a reference in the Laghusabdaratna, where the author himself remarks that he himself has written the बृहच्छब्दरत्न, and internal evidences show that लबुशब्दरत्न is sometimes a word-forword summary of the बृहच्छब्दरत्न. confer, compareविस्तरस्तु अस्मत्कृते बृहच्छब्दरत्ने मदन्तेवासिवृतलधुशब्देन्दुशेखरे च द्रष्टव्यः Laghusabdaratna. For details see Bhandarkar Ins. Journal Vol. 32 pp.258-60.
bṛhacchabdaratnaṭīkācalled बृहच्छब्दरत्नव्याख्या written by भवदेव.
yatna(1)effort in the utterance of a letter: the word which is generally used for such an effort is प्रयत्न. This effort is described to be oftwo kinds अाभ्यन्तर internal id est, that is below the root of the tongue and बाह्य a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the root of the tongue id est, that is inside the mouth; confer, compare यत्नं द्विधा | अाभ्यन्तरो बाह्यश्च | S. K. on P. I. 1.9; (2) specific effort, by adding a word to a rule for drawing some inference, with a view to removing some technical difficulty: cf तेन पये धावतीत्यादौ यत्नान्तरमास्थेयम् Kaas. on P. VIII. 2. 25. The phrase कर्तव्योत्र यत्न: often occurs in the Mahaabhaasya.
ratnapāṇia grammarian of the eighteenth century who wrote a short treatise on the Karaka relations named षट्कारकविवरण.
laghuprayatnatararequiring still less effort for utterance than that required for the usual utterance; the term is used in connection with the utterance of the consonant य् which is substituted for Visarga following upon long अा and followed by any vowel. In such cases य् is not pronounced at all according to Śākalya, while it is somewhat audibly pronounced according to Śākațāyana; confer, compare व्योर्लघुप्रयत्नतरः शाकटायनस्य P. VIII. 3.18.
laghuśabdaratnaname of a commentary on Bhațțoji's Manoramā by his grandson Hari Dīkşita, which is generally read together with the Manoramā, by students upto the end of the Kāraka Chapter after they have completely read and mastered the Siddhāntakaumudī. The commentary is called लघुशब्दरत्न which dlfferentiates it from the बृहच्छब्दरत्न written by the same author viz. Hari Dīkşita.
śabdaratnaname of a scholarly gloss written by Haridiksita on the Manorama, a commentary by Bhattoji Diksita on his own Siddhantakaumudi. The proper name of the commentary is लघुशब्दरत्न of which शब्दरत्न is an abridged form.The commentary लघुशब्दरत्न is generally studied along with the Manorama by students.There is a bigger work named बृहच्छब्दरत्न written by Hari Diksita, of which the लधुशद्वरत्न is an abridgment.
śabdaratnaṭīkāknown by the name भावप्रकाशिका, a commentary on Hari Diksita's Sabdaratna, written by Vaidyanatha Payagunde.
śabdaratnadīpaa commentary on the Laghusabdaratna written by a grammarian named Kalyanamalla.
anudāttanon-udatta, absence of the acute accent;one of the Bāhyaprayatnas or external efforts to produce sound. This sense possibly refers to a stage or a time when only one accent, the acute or उदात्त was recognized just as in English and other languages at present, This udatta was given to only one vowel in a single word (simple or compound) and all the other vowels were uttered accentless.id est, that is अनुदात्त. Possibly with this idea.in view, the standard rule 'अनुदात्तं पदमेकवर्जम्'* was laid down by Panini. P.VI.1.158. As, however, the syllable, just preceding the accented ( उदात्त ) syllable, was uttered with a very low tone, it was called अनुदात्ततर, while if the syllables succeeding the accented syllable showed a gradual fall in case they happened to be consecutive and more than two, the syllable succeeding the उदात्त was given a mid-way tone, called स्वरितः confer, compare उदात्तादनुदात्तस्य स्वरितः. Thus, in the utterance of Vedic hymns the practice of three tones उदात्त, अनुदात्त and स्वरित came in vogue and accordingly they are found defined in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works;confer, compare उच्चैरुदात्तः,नीचैरनुदात्तः समाहारः स्वरितः P.I.2.29-31, T.Pr.I.38-40, V.Pr.I.108-110, Anudātta is defined by the author of the Kāśikāvṛtti as यस्मिन्नुच्चार्यमाणे गात्राणामन्ववसर्गो नाम शिथिलीभवनं भवति, स्वरस्य मृदुता, कण्ठविवरस्य उरुता च स: अनुदात्तः confer, compare अन्ववसर्गो मार्दवमुरुता स्वस्येति नीचैःकराणि शब्दस्य Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.29,30. Cfeminine. also उदात्तश्चानुदात्तश्च स्वरितश्च त्रयः स्वराः । अायामविश्रम्भोक्षपैस्त उच्यन्तेSक्षराश्रयाः ॥ Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III.1. The term anudātta is translated by the word 'grave' as opposed to acute' (udātta,) and 'circumflex' (svarita); (2) a term applied to such roots as have their vowel अनुदात्त or grave, the chief characteristic of such roots being the non-admission of the augment इ before an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. ( See अनिट्, ).
anupradānaan effort outside the mouth in the production of sound at the different vocal organs such as कण्ठ, तालु et cetera, and others which is looked upon as an external effort or bāhyaprayatna. अनुप्रदान is one of the three main factors in the production of sound which are ( 1 ) स्थान, ( 2 ) करण or आभ्यन्तरप्रयत्न and ( 3 ) अनुप्रदान or बाह्यप्रयत्न; confer, compare स्थाकरणप्रयत्नेभ्यो वर्णा जायन्ते Cān. The commentator on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.describes अनुप्रदान as the मूलकारण or उपादानकारण, the main cause in the production of articulate sound confer, compare अनुप्रदीयते अनेन वर्णः इति अनुप्रदानम्: cf also अनुप्रदीयते इत्यनुप्रदानं प्रयत्न इत्यर्थः; Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII. I. Generally two main varieties of बाह्यप्रयत्न are termed अनुप्रदान which are mentioned as (i) श्वासानुप्रदान (emission of breath) and नादानुप्रदान (resonance), the other varieties of it such as विवार, संवार, घोष, अघोष, अल्पप्राण, मह्मप्राण, उदात्त, अनुदात्त and स्वरित being called merely as बाह्यप्रयत्न.
kalyāṇamallaauthor of the commentary Śabdaratnadīpa on the Śabdaratna of Hari Dīkṣita.
kātantracandrikāa gloss on the commentary of Vararuci on the कातन्त्रसूत्र ascribed to Hari Dīkṣita of the 17th century if this Hari Dīkṣita is the same as the author of the Śabdaratna.
kātantravistaraa famous work on the Kātantra Grammar written by Vardhamāna a Jain Scholar of the twelfth century who is believed to be the same as the author of the well-known work Gaṇaratnamahodadhi.
gaṇapāṭhathe mention individually of the several words forming a class or gaṇa, named after the first word said to have been written by Pāṇini himself as a supplementary work to his great grammar called Aṣṭaka or Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī., the Sikṣā,the Dhātupātha and the Lingānuśāsana being the other ones. Other grammarians such as शाकटायन, अापिशलि and others have their own gaṇapāthās. The gaṇapāthā is traditionally ascribed to Pāṇini; the issue is questioned, however, by modern scholars. The text of the gaṇapāṭha is metrically arranged by some scholars. The most scholarly and authoritative treatise on gaṇapāṭha is the Gaṇaratnamahodadhī of Vardhamāna.
gonardīyaliterally inhabitant of Gonarda which was the name of a district. in the province of Oudh in the days of the Mahabhasyakara according to some scholars. Others believe that Gonarda was the name of the district named Gonda at present The expression गोनर्दीय अाह occurs four times in the Mahabhasya where it refers to a scholar of grammar in Patafijali's time; cf M.Bh. on I. 1.21 ; I. 1.29; III. I.92; VII. 2.101. As Kaiyata paraphrases the words गेानर्दीयस्त्वाह as भाष्यकारस्त्वाह, scholars say that गेीनर्दीय was the name taken by the Mahabhasyakara himself who was a resident of Gonarda. Hari Diksita, however, holds that गोनर्दीय was the term used for the author of the . Varttikas; confer, compare Brhacchabdaratna.
govardhanaa grammarian who has written a work on Katantra Grammar called कातन्त्रकौमुदी and also a commentary on the Ganaratnamahodadhi of Vardhamana. A gloss on the Unadisutras is also assigned to Govardhana who is likely to be the same as a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
jinacandraauthor of the Siddhantaratna, a commentary on the Sarasvata Sutras,
taittirīyaprātiśākhyacalled also कृष्णयजुःप्रातिशाख्य and hence representing possibly all the different branches or Sakhas of the कृष्णयजुर्वेद, which is not attributed definitely to a particular author but is supposed to have been revised from time to time and taught by various acaryas who were the followers of the Taittiriya Sakha.The work is divided into two main parts, each of which is further divided into twelve sections called adhyayas, and discusses the various topics such as letters and their properties, accents, euphonic changes and the like, just as the other Pratisakhya works. It is believed that Vararuci, Mahiseya and Atreya wrote Bhasyas on the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, but at present, only two important commentary works on it are available(a) the 'Tribhasyaratna', based upon the three Bhasyas mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. as the title shows, written by Somayarya and (b) the 'Vaidikabharana' written by Gopalayajvan. For details see Introduction to 'Taittiriya Pratisakhya' edition Govt Oriental Library Series, Mysore.
puruṣottamavidyāvāgīśaa famous grammarian of Bengal, who wrote the grammar work Prayogaratnamala in the fifteenth century. The work betrays a deep study and scholarship of the writer in the Mantrasāstra.
prātiśākhyaa work on Vedic grammar of a specific nature, which is concerned mainly with the changes, euphonic and others, in the Pada text of the Samhita as compared with the running text, the Samhita itselfeminine. The Pratisakhya works are neither concerned with the sense of words, nor with their division into bases and affixes, nor with their etymology. They contain, more or less,Vedic passages arranged from the point of view of Samdhi. In the Rk Pratisakhya, available to-day, topics of metre, recital, phonetics and the like are introduced, but it appears that originally the Rk Pratisakhya, just like the Atharva Pratisakhya, was concerned with euphonic changes, the other subjects being introduced later on. The word प्रातिशाख्य shows that there were such treatises for everyone of the several Sakhas or branches of each Veda many of which later on disappeared as the number of the followers of those branches dwindledition Out of the remaining ones also, many were combined with others of the same Veda. At present, only five or six Pratisakhyas are available which are the surviving representatives of the ancient ones - the Rk Pratisakhya by Saunaka, the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, the Vajasaneyi PratiSakhya by Katyayana, the Atharva Pratisakhya and the Rk Tantra by Sakatayana, which is practically a Pratisakhya of the Sama Veda. The word पार्षद or पारिषद was also used for the Pratisakhyas as they were the outcome of the discussions of learned scholars in Vedic assemblies; cf परिषदि भवं पार्षदम्. Although the Pratisakhya works in nature, are preliminary to works on grammar, it appears that the existing Pratisakhyas, which are the revised and enlarged editions of the old ones, are written after Panini's grammar, each one of the present Prtisakhyas representing, of course, several ancient Pratisakhyas, which were written before Panini. Uvvata, a learned scholar of the twelfth century has written a brief commentary on the Rk Pratisakhya and another one on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. The Taittiriya PratiSakhya has got two commentaries -one by Somayarya, called Tribhasyaratna and the other called Vaidikabharana written by Gopalayajvan. There is a commentary by Ananta bhatta on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. These commentaries are called Bhasyas also.
prauḍhamanoramāṭīkāa commentary on Bhattoji DikSita's Praudhamanorama written by Bhattoji's grandson Hari Diksita. The commentary is called लघुशब्दरत्न or simple शब्दरत्न which is an abridgment of the author's work बृहच्छब्दरत्न. The Laghusabdaratna is widely studied along with the Praudhamanorama in the Pathasalas.
bhavadevaa scholar of grammar who has written a commentary on the Brhacchabdaratna of Hari Diksita.
bhāvadevaa grammarian who has written a commentary on the Bŗhacchabdaratna of Hari Dīkșita; possibly the same as भवदेव.See भवदेव.
bhairavamiśraone of the reputed grammarians of the latter half of the eighteenth century and the first half of the nineteenth century who wrote commentaries on several prominent works on grammar. He was the son of भवदेव and his native place was Prayāga. He has written the commentary called Candrakalā on the Laghuśabdenduśekhara, Parikṣā on the Vaiyākaraṇabhũṣanasāra, Gadā called also Bhairavī or Bhairavīgadā on the Paribhāṣenduśekhara and commentaries (popularly named Bhairavī) on the Śabdaratna and Lingānuśāsana. He is reported to have visited Poona, the capital of the Peśawas and received magnificent gifts for exceptional proficiency in Nyāya and Vyākaraṇa. For details see pp. 24 and 25 Vol. VII . Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya D. E. Society's Edition.
śivarāma( चक्रवर्ती )a grammarian who wrote a commentary on the Katantraparisista called the Siddhantaratnankura.
sārasvataparibhāṣāa grammar work of the Sarasvata school written by Dayaratna in explanation of the technical rules giving conventions and maximanuscript.
ha(1)representation of the consonant हू with अ added for facility of pronunciation; (2) a technical term for the internal effort between विवृत and संवृत, which causes घोष in the consonants; confer, compare संवृतविवृतयोर्मध्ये मध्यमप्रक्रारे यः शब्दः क्रियते स हकारसंज्ञो भवति। संज्ञायाः प्रयेाजनं ' हकारो हचतुर्थेषु ' इति ( तै. प्रा.श ९)Tribhasyaratna on T.Pr. II.6; (3) name of an external effort causing घोष: confer, compare सांप्रतिके प्रकृतिस्थे कण्ठे सति हृकारो नाम बाह्यः प्रयत्नः क्रियते | तेन च व्यञ्जनेषु घोषो जायते। Vaidikabharana on T.Pr. II.6; (4) name of a kind of external effort of the type of अनुप्रदान found in the utterance of the consonant ( ह् ) and the fourth class-consonants; confer, compare हकारौ हृचतुर्थेषु T.Pr.II.9.
hareidīkṣitaa reputed grammarian of the Siddhantakaumudi school of Panini who lived in the end of the seventeenth century. He was the grandson of Bhattoji Diksita and the preceptor of Nagesabhtta. His commentary named लधुशब्दरत्न, but popularly called शब्दरत्न on Bhattoji Diksita's Praudhamanorama, is widely studied by pupils along with the Praudhamanorama in the Vyakaranapathasalas. There is a work existing in a manuscript form but recentlv taken for printing, mamed 'Brhatsabdaratna ' which has been written by Haridiksita, although some scholars beiieve that it was written by Nagesa who ascribed it to his preceptor. For details see लधुशब्दरत्न.
Vedabase Search